<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/" xmlns:blogger="http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><atom:id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515</atom:id><lastBuildDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 03:20:31 +0000</lastBuildDate><category>PC</category><category>MOBILE</category><category>WINDOWS 7</category><category>SMART PHONES</category><category>ANDROID PHONE</category><category>GOOGLE</category><category>HDTV</category><category>PHOTOGRAPHY</category><category>BLACK BERRY</category><category>BROWSERS</category><category>GRAPHICS CARD</category><category>LAN</category><category>LAPTOP</category><category>MOTHERBOARD</category><category>MOUSE</category><category>OUT DOORS</category><category>REGISTRY</category><category>TWITTER</category><category>VPN</category><title>HOW-TO</title><description></description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/</link><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</managingEditor><generator>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>32</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-2225685113183790894</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 Aug 2011 11:47:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-04T04:47:15.211-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">LAPTOP</category><title>A Definitive Guide to Longer Battery Life</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;color: #373737; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Laptop batteries are like people--eventually and inevitably, they die. And like people, they don&#39;t obey Moore&#39;s Law--You can&#39;t expect next year&#39;s batteries to last twice as long as this year&#39;s. Battery technology may improve a bit over time (after all, there&#39;s plenty of financial incentive for better batteries), but, while interesting possibilities may pop up, don&#39;t expect major battery breakthroughs in the near future.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Although your battery will eventually die, proper care can put off the inevitable. Here&#39;s how to keep your laptop battery working for as long as possible. With luck, it could last until you need to replace that aging notebook (perhaps with a&amp;nbsp;laptop having a longer battery life).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;We&#39;ve also included a few tips on keeping the battery going longer between charges, so you can work longer without AC power.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: black; font-size: 18px; line-height: 22px; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Don&#39;t Run It Down to Empty&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Squeezing every drop of juice out of a lithium ion battery (the type used in today&#39;s laptops) strains and weakens it. Doing this once or twice won&#39;t kill the battery, but the cumulative effect of frequently emptying your battery will shorten its lifespan.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;(There&#39;s actually an exception to this rule--a circumstance where you should run down the battery all the way. I&#39;ll get to that later.)&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;The good news: You probably can&#39;t run down the battery, anyway--at least not without going to a lot of trouble to do so. Most modern laptops are designed to shut down before the battery is empty.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;262&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/battery_vista.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border-bottom-style: none; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-color: initial; border-left-style: none; border-left-width: 0px; border-right-style: none; border-right-width: 0px; border-style: initial; border-top-style: none; border-top-width: 0px; float: right;&quot; width=&quot;243&quot; /&gt;In fact, Vista and Windows 7 come with a setting for just this purpose. To see it, click&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Start,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;type&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;power&lt;/strong&gt;, and select&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Power Options.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;Click any one of the&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Change plan settings&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;links, then the&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Change advanced power settings&lt;/em&gt;link. In the resulting dialog box, scroll down to and expand the&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Battery&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;option. Then expand&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Critical battery level&lt;/em&gt;. The setting will probably be about 5 percent, which is a good place to leave it.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;XP has no such native setting, although your laptop may have a vendor-supplied tool that does the same job.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Myth:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;You should never recharge your battery all the way.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;There&#39;s considerable controversy on this point, and in researching this article I interviewed experts both for and against. But I&#39;ve come down on the side of recharging all the way. The advantages of leaving home with a fully-charged battery--you can use your PC longer without AC power--are worth the slight risk of doing damage.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: black; font-size: 18px; line-height: 22px; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keep It Cool and Give It a Rest&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Heat breaks down the battery, and reduces its overall life.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;When you use your laptop, make sure the vents are unblocked. Never work with the laptop on pillows or cushions. If possible, put it on a raised stand that allows for plenty of airflow.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Also, clean the vents every so often with a can of compressed air. You can buy this for a few dollars at any computer store. Be sure to follow the directions on the can, and do this only when the notebook is off.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;174&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/191574-hands_180_0.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border-bottom-style: none; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-color: initial; border-left-style: none; border-left-width: 0px; border-right-style: none; border-right-width: 0px; border-style: initial; border-top-style: none; border-top-width: 0px; float: right;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;If you&#39;re going to be working exclusively on AC power for a week or more, remove the battery first.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Otherwise, you&#39;ll be wearing out the battery--constantly charging and discharging it--at a time when you don&#39;t need to use it at all. You&#39;re also heating it up (see &quot;Keep It Cool,&quot; above).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;You don&#39;t want it too empty when you take it out. An unused battery loses power over time, and you don&#39;t want all the power to drain away, so remove it when it&#39;s at least half-charged.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Never remove the battery while the computer is on, or even in standby or sleep mode; doing so will crash your system and possibly damage your hardware. Even inserting a battery into a running laptop can damage the system. So only remove or reinsert the battery when the laptop is completely off or hibernating.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;If you&#39;ve never removed your laptop&#39;s battery and don&#39;t know how, check your documentation. (If you don&#39;t have it, you can probably find it online.) The instructions generally involve turning the laptop upside-down and holding down a button while you slide out the battery.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Myth:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Refrigerate your battery.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Some people recommend you store it in the refrigerator, inside a plastic bag. While you should keep a battery cool, the last thing you want is a wet battery, and condensation is a real danger in the fridge. Instead, store it in a dry place at room temperature. A filing cabinet works fine.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;You don&#39;t want the battery to go too long without exercise or let it empty out entirely. If you go without the battery for more than two months, put it in the PC and use it for a few hours, then remove it again.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Also, before you take the laptop on the road, reinsert the battery and let it charge for a few hours before unplugging the machine. Allow the battery time to get a full charge before you remove the AC power.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: black; font-size: 18px; line-height: 22px; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heal a Sick Battery&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Myth:&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;You can rejuvenate a worn-out battery.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;This isn&#39;t, strictly speaking, the case. You can&#39;t make old lithium hold more electrons than it can currently manage.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;But if the battery is running out unexpectedly fast, or if your laptop is having trouble figuring out how much power it has left, you might be able to fix the battery&#39;s &quot;gas gauge,&quot; so it at least gives a more accurate reading.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;If you suspect the battery can&#39;t tell if it&#39;s charged or not, run it through a couple of cycles. Drain it of all its power (yes, this is the exception to the &quot;don&#39;t drain the battery&quot; rule mentioned above), recharge it to 100 percent, and then repeat.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;But how do you drain the battery when Windows won&#39;t let you do just that? Don&#39;t bother with the settings described above. They&#39;re not safe (you might forget to change them back), they may not be getting an accurate reading, and they quite possibly won&#39;t let you set the critical battery level to 0 percent. (If they did, it would crash Windows.)&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Instead, unplug your AC power and keep your laptop running (you can work on it if you like) until it automatically hibernates. Then reboot your PC back and go directly to the system setup program.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;I can&#39;t tell you exactly how to get there; each computer is different. Turn on your PC and look for an onscreen message (one of the first you&#39;ll see) that says something like &quot;Press the&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;X&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;key for setup.&quot; Immediately press the designated key.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;It may take a couple of times to get the timing right. If there isn&#39;t enough power to let it boot, plug in AC until you&#39;re at the setup program, then unplug it.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Leave the notebook on until it shuts off. This can take some time (45 minutes on my laptop); setup uses a lot less power than Windows.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Once the PC is off, plug in the AC power, then wait a few hours before rebooting to Windows and making sure you&#39;ve got a full recharge.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Repeat the process once or twice.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;With luck and proper care, your battery will still be useful when you&#39;re looking for a new laptop.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;color: black; font-size: 18px; line-height: 22px; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Longer Life Between Charges&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;The tips above should lengthen the time before you need to replace your laptop&#39;s battery. But on a daily basis, we&#39;re far more concerned with another type of battery life: how long we can keep our laptop running without AC power. You may know most of the following tips already, but it never hurts to refresh (or recharge) your memory.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dim your screen&lt;/strong&gt;: Your laptop&#39;s backlight requires a lot of juice. Keep it as dim as you can comfortably read it.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shut off unneeded hardware&lt;/strong&gt;: Turn off your Bluetooth, and if you&#39;re not using the Internet, turn off your Wi-Fi receiver, as well. Don&#39;t use an external mouse or other device. And muting the PC&#39;s sound system not only saves power, it avoids annoying everyone else in the café.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Avoid multitasking&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;color: #373737; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;Run as few programs as you can get away with. If possible, stick to the one application (word processor, browser, or whatever) you&#39;re currently using, plus your antivirus and firewall in the background. And if you&#39;re not on the Internet, you don&#39;t need those two.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Avoid multimedia&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;: Save chores like photo editing and watching old&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Daily Show&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;videos for when you have AC power. And if you must listen to music, use your iPod (or similar device).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;117&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/191574-hibernate_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border-bottom-style: none; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-color: initial; border-left-style: none; border-left-width: 0px; border-right-style: none; border-right-width: 0px; border-style: initial; border-top-style: none; border-top-width: 0px; float: right;&quot; width=&quot;266&quot; /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Know when to sleep and when to hibernate&lt;/strong&gt;: You need to think about when you want to save power by sending your laptop into Standby or Sleep mode, and when you want to hibernate it. There&#39;s a difference. XP&#39;s Standby and Vista and Windows 7&#39;s Sleep modes keep your PC on, using some power, but less of it than in normal use. Hibernate saves the PC&#39;s state to the hard drive, then shuts it off entirely, so that no power is used. On the other hand, Windows takes much longer--sometimes minutes--to go into and come out of hibernation. And those are minutes that the battery is draining heavily and you can&#39;t work. XP&#39;s Standby mode isn&#39;t really all that efficient. If your laptop will be inactive for more than about half an hour, hibernate it. Otherwise, use Standby. But Vista and Windows 7 do a much better job with their Sleep mode. Don&#39;t bother hibernating your PC unless you think you&#39;re going to go more than two or three hours without using it.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Myth:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Adding RAM saves battery life.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;True, more RAM means less hard drive access, and the hard drive uses a lot of electricity. But RAM uses electricity as well, and unless you&#39;re doing a lot of multitasking (not a good idea when you&#39;re on battery power), more RAM won&#39;t reduce hard drive use.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;color: #717171; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; line-height: 14px;&quot;&gt;Lincoln Spector&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;color: #373737; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;line-height: 20px; margin-bottom: 22px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/definitive-guide-to-longer-battery-life.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-4062608628140905998</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 11:02:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T04:12:12.241-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOBILE</category><title>How to Recover Your Lost Gadgets</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;&lt;div dir=&quot;rtl&quot; style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div dir=&quot;rtl&quot; style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div dir=&quot;rtl&quot; style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;&gt;&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/03/2010/Main_lostopener_original.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/03/2010/Main_lostopener_original.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;The  best time to worry about cell phone security is now, before your  phone  disappears. By taking some sensible precautions, you can make your   phone easy to recover, and even safeguard your data.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Losing a phone actually entails three separate losses: the hardware   itself, the data on the device, and the security that you would   normally enjoy by maintaining control over your data.&lt;br /&gt;
To minimize the collective impact that these losses can have on  your  life, you should address each of the three facets separately.  First,  take steps to make your phone recoverable, or at least easily   replaceable, in the event that it goes AWOL. Second, keep an up-to-date   backup copy of the data on the phone in a safe place. Third, make sure   that nobody else can access that data if your phone gets lost or  stolen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Lock Down Your Phone&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Android unlock pattern; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lost_unlockpattern_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Protect your Android phone by setting an unlock  pattern like this one to confound thieves and interlopers.&lt;/div&gt;Before  we consider various fancy-pants tricks for securing and finding a  lost  phone, let&#39;s focus on the most basic task: setting a password.&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly every cell phone on earth--smart or otherwise--has some kind   of passcode protection built in, yet almost nobody uses the feature   because it adds an annoying 3-second delay to the process of making a   call. Well, get over it. Set a password--or an &quot;unlock pattern,&quot; if   you&#39;re an Android user. Do it now, and you&#39;ll avoid worrying later on   whether someone out there is reading through your e-mail or accessing   your Facebook account on your lost phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Make Your Phone Recoverable (or  Easily Replaceable)&lt;/h2&gt;Usually, losing a cell phone is a short-term problem. (When in   doubt, check under your car seat.) But even if your handset ends up   wandering miles away in the hands of a stranger, you may be able to get   it back. Regardless, taking the right precautions ahead of time can   minimize the various expenses associated with losing the device.&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in taking the sting out of losing your mobile phone   is to shell out a few dollars per month for handset insurance from your   carrier. When you buy a new phone, do this at the same time. If you  have  a phone but haven&#39;t yet signed up for insurance through your  carrier,  do so now. For a monthly fee of about $8 (for smartphones),  the  insurance will guarantee you a quick, free replacement if you lose  the  phone--and it will get you up and running if you do something silly  like  run over the handset with a motorcycle.&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, collecting on your handset insurance is a last resort if   you lose your phone. The better outcome is to find the device quickly   after it vanishes. Fortunately, you have plenty of good options for   doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Where&#39;s My Droid; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lost_wheresmydroid_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Where&#39;s My Droid, a free download from Android  Market, makes your phone ring so you can find it easily.&lt;/div&gt;If  you lose your phone in some mundane way, such as by dropping it  under a  coffee table, and you&#39;re sure it must be nearby but you just  can&#39;t find  it, you can call it from another phone so that it will ring  until you  can home in on it. If you frequently set your handset to  silent mode,  you can obtain any of several cheap or free apps  (available for most  smartphone platforms) designed to override the  phone&#39;s current settings  and make it ring at full volume whenever it  goes into hiding.&lt;br /&gt;
For Android users, the free &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.google.com/site/alienmanfc6/wheresmyandroid&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Where&#39;s My Droid&lt;/a&gt;  is a great first choice among quick  locator apps. This Android Market  download lets you set up a passphrase  that you can use to activate a  loud ring on your phone. Just borrow a  friend&#39;s phone and send your  passphrase via SMS (or use your phone&#39;s SMS  e-mail address, such as  4155551212@vtext.com), and your phone will  automatically adjust its  ringtone to maximum volume and ring for a  preset length of time--or  until you find it and tell it to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Where&#39;s My Phone; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lost_wheresmyphone_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Where&#39;s My Phone enables a Good Samaritan finder to  call you and return your BlackBerry.&lt;/div&gt;BlackBerry users have a  number of choices as well. The best free option is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.essare.net/index.htm&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Where&#39;s My Phone&lt;/a&gt;,   available from the BlackBerry App World store as a feature-limited   version of a more robust paid app. With the free version, you can   trigger a loud alarm via e-mail to help you find your BlackBerry. The $4   (Rs 190 approx.) paid version adds more features, such as GPS  location.&lt;br /&gt;
For iPhone users, a 99-cent (Rs 45 approx.) app called &lt;a href=&quot;http://ax.itunes.apple.com/us/app/beep-my-cell/id322924800?mt=8&amp;amp;ign-impt=clickRef%3DSoftware%2520Page-US-Beep%2520My%2520Cell-322924800-Lockup&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Beep My Cell&lt;/a&gt;  offers similar functionality, along  with the option to add a custom  message for anyone who finds the device  (if it&#39;s not where you thought  it was). Rather than relying on e-mail or  text messages to trigger its  beeping, you log in to &lt;a href=&quot;http://beepmycell.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;beepmycell.com&lt;/a&gt; and  click &lt;em&gt;Beep My Cell&lt;/em&gt; to start up the noise.&lt;br /&gt;
Another low-cost utility is &lt;a href=&quot;http://leesoft.webs.com/apps/webstore/products/show/846312&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Phone­Finder  With Google Maps&lt;/a&gt;,  which brings this functionality to Windows Mobile  handsets. A text  message to this $1.50 (Rs 70 approx) (app causes PhoneFinder to kick  on  the ringer and transmit the phone&#39;s GPS location to the handset that   sent the SMS, giving you two ways to look for it at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What to Do If Your Phone Goes Missing (Contd)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Create a Smartphone Backup&lt;/h2&gt;The more extensively you use your cell phone, the more completely   you de­­pend on the data it stores. So regularly backing up your phone   makes sense.&lt;br /&gt;
Often the easiest way to perform a backup is by using a cable   connection: Most smartphones--including models ranging from iPhones to   BlackBerrys to Palm WebOS phones (including the Pre) to Windows Mobile   devices--come with syncing utilities that are de­­signed to create a   complete backup of the phone&#39;s contents. Thanks to those programs, if   you sync your phone regularly, you should always have a recent copy of   your files, contacts, messages, and photos safely stored on your   computer. Do this religiously.&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, though, not all smartphones encourage you to   synchronize and back up your data manually. The worst offenders in this   regard are An­­droid phones, which tend to behave a lot like  stand-alone  computers; for this reason it&#39;s easy to neglect syncing the  phone to a  desktop PC for months on end. Though Android is designed to  work  seamlessly with Google&#39;s cloud-based apps (such as Gmail,  Calendar, and  Contacts), which automatically sync all of your data to  the Web, most of  the data stored on your device won&#39;t automatically  sync to anything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;MyBackup Pro; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lost_mybackuppro_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;MyBackup  Pro, a $5 (Rs 230 approx.)app, archives the entire contents of your Android phone on a  Web-based server.&lt;/div&gt;A number of backup apps are available for  Android, but my favorite is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/downloads/file/fid,83751/description.html&quot;&gt;MyBackup  Pro&lt;/a&gt;.  This app wirelessly syncs all of your Android phone&#39;s  data--including  apps, contacts, bookmarks, SMS messages, pictures, and  music  playlists--to a se­­cure server. If your phone is lost, stolen, or   damaged, you can download the data onto a replacement phone and pick up   where you left off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Adopt Advanced Security Measures  for Your Gear&lt;/h2&gt;Dealing with a misplaced phone that you know is somewhere in your   own home or at a friend&#39;s house is no big deal. But if you leave your   phone in a cab or unwittingly drop it on the sidewalk, you will probably   need more-advanced recovery and protection features to get it back and   keep its contents safe. Fortunately, a few cool programs and services   are available that cover every major smartphone platform. They aren&#39;t   free--but if your data is valuable to you, they&#39;re worth paying for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;WaveSecure; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lost_wavesecure_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;TenCube&#39;s  WaveSecure protects Android, BlackBerry, Symbian S60, and Windows  Mobile phones.&lt;/div&gt;If you want protection across multiple  smartphone platforms, your best option is TenCube&#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/downloads/file/fid,83752/description.html&quot;&gt;WaveSecure&lt;/a&gt;.   Available for Android, BlackBerry, Symbian S60, and Windows Mobile   phones, WaveSecure provides as complete a package of protection as you   can hope to have for a device that&#39;s prone to wandering away.&lt;br /&gt;
For $20 (Rs 900 approx.) annually, WaveSecure en­­ables you to track  the location of  your phone, monitor its call log, and detect whether  someone has  changed its SIM card, all via a Web browser. In the event  that your  phone is lost or stolen, you will quickly have a pretty clear  idea of  where it is and what it&#39;s up to.&lt;br /&gt;
WaveSecure also lets you remotely back up the contents of your  phone  to the secure server and then wipe all of your data from the  device.  So even if the phone falls into the hands of a thief, none of  your  personal information will be at risk. After removing the data, you  can  either turn the location information over to the authorities in  hopes  of getting your phone back (don&#39;t count on it) or forget the  stolen  handset and use the insurance you bought from your carrier to  purchase a  replacement, and then download the backup of your data onto  the new  device.&lt;br /&gt;
Apple offers a similar tracking service, called Find My iPhone, for   iPhone users. But you can get Find My iPhone only as a component of   Apple&#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.apple.com/mobileme/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;MobileMe  service&lt;/a&gt;, which costs a whopping $99 per year (Rs 4500 approx.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=190622&amp;amp;page=3&amp;amp;zoomIdx=1&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Find My iPhone; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_findmyiphone_x_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;Find My iPhone;  click for full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;To  its credit, the Find My  iPhone interface is relatively slick and works  very well. Like  WaveSecure, Find My iPhone lets you track your phone&#39;s  whereabouts and  send a custom message to whoever may be holding it at  the moment. It  also allows you to wipe out the phone&#39;s contents  remotely and lock the  handset with a passcode re­­motely (in the event  that you failed to set  one up before losing the device).&lt;br /&gt;
Palm Pre users can obtain similar protection by signing up for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.whereismypre.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Where Is My Pre&lt;/a&gt;.   The premium version of this service, which costs $2 (Rs 90 approx.)per  month, enables  you to view your phone&#39;s location on a map, send  messages to the device,  modify the phone&#39;s preferences remotely, and  even take pictures with  the phone&#39;s Webcam re­­motely to see who&#39;s  holding it.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Protect Your Laptop From Loss or Theft&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Losing  your smartphone is bad enough, but losing your laptop can  wreak  serious havoc in your life. When your PC skips out on you, not  only  must you cope with lost data and the risk of having your  information  compromised, but you must also replace the laptop, which can  be an  expensive proposition. I&#39;ll explain how to improve your odds of  getting  your laptop back if it&#39;s lost or stolen, and share a few tips  for  securing your personal and business data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Record your assets:&lt;/strong&gt; A cheap laptop may cost as   little as rs 20, 000, but many business users and gamers carry machines  worth a lakh--or more. Re­­gardless of how much money you spent on  your  laptop, it&#39;s wise to keep re­­ceipts related to your purchase, take  a  picture of your laptop, and register it on your homeowner&#39;s or  renter&#39;s  insurance policy. That way, losing your laptop won&#39;t have to be  a huge  financial burden on top of all the unavoidable hassles you&#39;ll  face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Back up often:&lt;/strong&gt; If you haven&#39;t been backing up your   data as frequently as you should, don&#39;t feel bad--just go do it. Do it   now. Do it weekly. But don&#39;t simply copy your files onto DVDs. Perform   full system backups to a reliable, high-capacity external drive using   Windows Backup or a similar backup utility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Back up redundantly:&lt;/strong&gt; In addition to getting into   the habit of maintaining a local system backup on an external drive,   it&#39;s smart to back up your most important data (or even your entire   system) to a remote, cloud-based service such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://mozy.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Mozy&lt;/a&gt;.  That way, if  catastrophe strikes your home or your office, you&#39;ll  still have all of  your information saved in a separate, secure  location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Install a Recovery App and Sign  Up With a Tracking Service&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=190622&amp;amp;page=4&amp;amp;zoomIdx=1&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lojack_x_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;If  your laptop is stolen, you have about a 2  percent chance of getting it  back. But your odds can drastically  improve if you run a tracking and  recovery app such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://ztrace.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;zTrace&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.absolute.com/products/lojackforlaptops&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;LoJack  for Laptops&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
For about $60 (Rs 2,700 approx.) per year, with tracking service,  these apps hide in  your PC&#39;s BIOS and periodically connect to the  Internet to report their  location. If your laptop disappears, just  contact the company to  activate tracking and recovery services that  will respond to a signal  from your laptop and record its location with  surprising accuracy, based  on the IP address that it connects from.&lt;br /&gt;
Once either LoJack for Laptops or zTrace locates your laptop, the   service will work with the appropriate law enforcement authorities to   investigate the theft and reclaim your equipment. In addition, you can   initiate a remote data wipe that immediately begins erasing everything   on your hard drive in a manner that the local user can&#39;t interrupt or   override. That way, even if the police never find your computer, your   data won&#39;t fall into the wrong hands.&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, not everyone is dishonest, and your laptop might find  its  way into the possession of a well-intentioned soul who wants nothing   more than to return it to you. For such an eventuality, it makes sense   to label your laptop with your name, phone number, and e-mail address; a   Good Samaritan who finds your laptop can then ring you up and arrange   to reunite you with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Protect Your Other Mobile Tech  Gear&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;StuffBak; click for full-size image.&quot; height=&quot;156&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_lost_sticker_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; width=&quot;247&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Laptops and cell phones aren&#39;t the only devices that can cause   trouble when they stray from their owners. Losing e-book readers, media   players, GPS devices, portable hard drives, and even thumb drives can  be  expensive in terms of both replacement costs and data loss.&lt;br /&gt;
Most specialized mobile devices can&#39;t run high-end tracking and   recovery software, but you can make them less anonymous by labeling them   with recovery tags. One approach is simply to print your name and  phone  number on a return address label and affix it to the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=190622&amp;amp;page=4&amp;amp;zoomIdx=2&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;TrueCrypt; click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/190622-05f_truecrypt1_x_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;TrueCrypt; click for  full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Portable  hard drives can be particularly  troublesome to lose, because you don&#39;t  want to share the data on them  with the world. To protect your  business and personal information,  consider using a robust utility such  as the open-source &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/node/183&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;TrueCrypt  encryption software&lt;/a&gt; to protect the drive&#39;s contents from snoops.&lt;br /&gt;
TrueCrypt creates a secure volume on your disk, encrypting data on   the fly as your PC reads and writes from the drive. When you first   access the drive after connecting it, you simply enter a strong   password; thereafter, it functions just as any other drive does. But if   the drive ever gets lost, anyone who tries to read what&#39;s on it will   have difficulty doing so. TrueCrypt works on USB keychain drives, as   well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Four Habits That Help You Avoid Losing Your Stuff&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Losing  things is easy. Getting them back can be tough. Here are four  simple  habits that can help you prevent losses and improve your chances  of  getting your gadgets back if you do leave them somewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;strong&gt;. Keep receipts:&lt;/strong&gt; Whenever you take a cab, eat at a   restaurant, or grab a cup of coffee at a café, ask for a receipt and   hold on to it for a day or so. That way, if you suddenly realize that   you left your Kindle, keys, or other belongings behind, you are only a   phone call away from starting to recover them. Receipts often include   important information you may not know or remember, such as the name of   the person who helped you, and that person may remember you and your   lost item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;2. Label everything:&lt;/strong&gt; Whether you use laser-printed   return address labels or fancy professional asset tags, labeling your   belongings gives finders a way to reach you and return the item. Most   people are honest enough to be willing to help you if you make it easy   for them to do the right thing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;3. Pack consistently:&lt;/strong&gt; If you always store each   piece of gear in the same place, you&#39;re more apt to notice when   something isn&#39;t where it belongs. For instance, if you consistently put   your phone in your inside coat pocket, you have a better chance of   realizing that it&#39;s not there as you leave a restaurant. Get into the   habit of knowing which pockets your essential items live in, and you&#39;ll   be less likely to leave them behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;4. Accessorize:&lt;/strong&gt; Covering your smartphone in a  flashy case may suggest that you look to &lt;em&gt;Petulant Tween&lt;/em&gt;  magazine for tips on style and aesthetics, but it&#39;ll also make your   handset catch your eye on a cluttered restaurant table. If you tend to   leave things behind, sacrificing a little dignity in return for maximum   visibility may save you headaches in the long run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Insurance Assurance&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Technology  can be expensive. Fortunately, many homeowner&#39;s and  renter&#39;s insurance  policies cover lost, stolen, or damaged electronics.  But cutting  through the red tape and getting full value for your lost  equipment  takes some effort. Here&#39;s what you need to know.&lt;br /&gt;
First, be sure to keep records of all of your expensive  purchases.  Whether it&#39;s a shiny new laptop or a portable projector, any  device  whose value exceeds your insurance deductible is worth recording  on  your insurance policy.&lt;br /&gt;
At a minimum, keep your original purchase receipt in a safe place,   and record the product&#39;s serial number along with it. You might want to   take a photo of the device, too, and keep that picture with the receipt   and the serial number. That way, even if you can&#39;t locate exact model   information later on for some reason, you&#39;ll have a clear record of  what  it is you&#39;ve lost.&lt;br /&gt;
For an industry that constantly deals with unforeseen events,   insurance companies hate surprises. So call your insurance agent and   arrange to add your devices to your policy. Giving the insurance company   information about the date of purchase and the amount paid, as well as   the model and serial numbers, will streamline the process of getting   reimbursed if the device goes the way of the laundry sock.&lt;br /&gt;
If your equipment gets lost or stolen, you&#39;ll have to do some   legwork before the insurance company will cut you a check. In   particular, you may need to file a police report about your loss and   provide a copy of that report to the insurance company. Though the   police are unlikely to find your laptop (or even care that it is gone),   the paperwork will demonstrate to your insurance carrier that you&#39;ve   tried to recover it. If you don&#39;t present it up front, your agent will   probably contact you weeks after you file your claim to ask for one--and   that will mean a longer delay before you get your money.&lt;br /&gt;
Do the work early, and you&#39;ll take a lot of the hassle out of the  process of obtaining reimbursement for a stolen gadget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Robert Strohmeyer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-recover-your-lost-gadgets.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-195085724830871215</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:58:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:58:25.175-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">BLACK BERRY</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOBILE</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">PC</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">SMART PHONES</category><title>The Ultimate Blackberry Phone Tips and Tricks</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Get More from Your BlackBerry Smartphone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/171524-blackberry-apps_thumb_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;For such a tiny little device, that BlackBerry  smartphone of yours has an amazing amount of functionality packed in   behind the scenes. But, unfortunately, realizing the true potential of a   Research  In Motion (RIM) device isn&#39;t always as simple as opening up a  user  guide or surfing on over to Google. In fact, your BlackBerry&#39;s  literally packing hundreds of &quot;hidden&quot; tips  and tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
That&#39;s where we come in. We bring you a comprehensive set of tips and  tricks - for the novice, the seasoned expert and  everyone in between.  We&#39; take through a comprehensive list of shortcuts, performance tips,  our favorite  BlackBerry software downloads, battery-life advice, memory   optimization methods, getting more out of the built-in camera, better  browsing techniques, innovative  uses for your BlackBerry&#39;s Bluetooth,  and much more.&lt;br /&gt;
After learning  these techniques, you&#39;ll wonder how you ever got by  without them. Each tip takes only a second or two to learn and put to  use, and they&#39;ll  save precious time, provide valuable information about  your device and make your smartphone run faster and  more smoothly.So  sit back, whip out that BlackBerry and pay attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shortcuts Galore&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;On  the list of reasons why we admire Research In Motion&#39;s (RIM)   BlackBerry operating system (OS), the sheer number of built-in, valuable   keyboard shortcuts ranks near the top. So whether you&#39;re new to the  whole BlackBerry scene or you&#39;ve been  sporting a &#39;Berry on your belt  since the beginnings of push e-mail,  we&#39;re sure you&#39;ll find the  following list of BlackBerry shortcuts  well worth a read. When you&#39;re  finished with our list, all you&#39;ll need is a shortcut to  help you  remember all these shortcuts.  Unfortunately, you&#39;re on your  own with  that one...for now, at least.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;font-size: 19px; font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Typing Shortcuts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;To capitalize a letter with one click, hold down the letter key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To insert a period, click the Space key twice.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Turn CAP Lock on by pressing the ALT key followed by the right Shift  key. Turn it off by pressing either Shift key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Turn Number Lock on by pressing the ALT key followed by the left  Shift key.  Turn it off by pressing either Shift key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Type an accented letter or special character  by holding the   corresponding letter and scrolling left or right with the trackball. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Insert the current date into a message or document by pressing the L  key followed by the D key&amp;nbsp;and Space key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Insert the current time into a message or document by pressing the L  key followed by the T key and Space key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Switch text input languages on your BlackBerry at any point by hit  the ALT button and Enter  key at the same time, use your trackball to  scroll to the new language you&#39;d like to use, then click the trackball  to confirm the new selection.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Messaging (E-mail and SMS)&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;In e-mail inbox, press the S key to search for a sender or a word   within a subject line, and any mail folder regardless of message was   sent or received.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Within inbox, access the complete list of messages sent by hitting  the ALT key followed by the O key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Within inbox, access the complete list of messages received by  hitting the ALT key followed by the I key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Within inbox, access the complete list of SMS text messages received  by hitting the ALT key followed by the S key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Within inbox, access phone log by hitting the ALT key followed by the  P key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Within inbox, access voicemail log by hitting the ALT key followed by  the V key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To delete all messages sent or received before a specific date,   highlight that date with the cursor, hit the BlackBerry Menu key, select   Delete Prior and confirm selection.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To enable automatic spell checking of e-mail messages, click the   Options icon on BlackBerry home screen.  Then click Spell Check and   select the Spell Check E-Mail Before Sending option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To do a manual spell check, click the BlackBerry Menu key within a  composed message and select Check Spelling.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When a message is being spell checked, suggested fixes to  unrecognized words can be ignored by clicking the escape key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Heavy BlackBerry users know the pain of trying to catch up on an  e-mail  thread with multiple responses. For easier navigation of a  conversation threads, open the first message and then hit the J key to  jump to the next response, and so on. You can also return to an earlier  message in the thread by hitting the K  key. (Note: If the subject line  of the thread has been modified, you may not be able to find all  responses using this shortcut.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can simply close a message, and when you&#39;re free again, just hit  the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;G&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; key after reopening it, and you&#39;ll be  brought to the exact spot where you stopped reading.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Phone Functions&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Multitask while on phone calls by hitting the BlackBerry menu key   during a call and then selecting Home Screen.  You&#39;ll then have access   to e-mail and other documents--though most BlackBerrys don&#39;t allow for   simultaneous voice and data transfer, so Internet access is unavailable   while on calls.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt; Find specific contacts from your BlackBerry home screen by pressing   keys for first and last initials, with a space between them. If more   than one contact has the same initials, scroll to the appropriate   contact.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Rapidly switch back and forth between BlackBerry applications by  holding down the ALT key and then click ESCAPE. While holding down ALT,  you can then scroll left or right between apps, and you need only  release the ALT  key to select a program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To reboot without removing the battery, simply hit ALT, RIGHT SHIFT and DELETE.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To pull up the Help Me screen, navigate to your home screen and then  press ALT, either SHIFT key and the letter H. To return to your Home  Screen, hit ESCAPE or open the MENU  and select Close.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can access a variety of helpful Home Screen shortcuts. o do so,  click your Phone icon on the Home Screen or hit the green phone button  on your device. Then press your Menu  key, pick Options, then General  Options and change the Dial From Home Screen  field from &quot;Yes&quot; to &quot;No.&quot;  Now you&#39;ll need to hit your &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; icon or   click the green phone button to dial a number and place a call, but   you&#39;ll have access to all of the following shortcuts from your Home   Screen via a single click of the corresponding letter key: WAP Browser  -- W, Alarm -- R, Tasks -- T, Calculator -- U, Options -- O, Address  Book -- A, Search -- S, Notes -- D, Profiles -- F, Help -- H, Lock  keypad -- K, Calendar -- L, Messages -- M, Browser -- B, BlackBerry  Messenger -- N, Saved messages -- V, Compose -- C.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To put device into Standby Mode so keys cannot be pressed while it&#39;s  not  in use, hold down the Mute key for a second or two.  Undo Standby  Mode  by holding Mute for another couple of seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Access your BlackBerry address book while on a call by simply clicking the green &lt;em&gt;Send&lt;/em&gt; key to open up the phone application and call log.  When your call log  is on screen, hold down &lt;em&gt;Send&lt;/em&gt; again for a  couple of seconds until the address book information appears.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To automatically add an extension to a phone number, type in the  appropriate ten digits and then hit the &lt;em&gt;ALT&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt; keys, followed by the numbers in the  extension. Then click the &lt;em&gt;Send&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;While in a message or text file, you can copy text in two different  ways. First, you can simply hold the Shift button  while scrolling the  trackball over the text you wish to copy, and then hit the BlackBerry  Menu key and choose Copy  from the associated dropdown menu. You can  also copy text by hitting ALT  and clicking the track ball before  scrolling over the text you wish to copy and then hitting Menu and  choosing Copy. To paste text once it&#39;s copied, you can either click Menu  again and choose Paste, or you can simply hit Shift and click the  trackball wherever you want the text to appear.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;h3&gt;BlackBerry Browser&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; Bring up the Enter Web Address field from any Web page by pressing  the G key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Insert a period in Web address by clicking the Space key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Insert a back slash in Web address by clicking either the Left Shift  or Right Shift keys and then hitting Space.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Add an item to bookmarks list by clicking the A key. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bring up your bookmark list by clicking the K key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Refresh a Web page by clicking the R key. To stop a page refresh, hit your Escape key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Display a list of the last 20 pages visited by hitting the I key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Open browser options with the O key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To jump instantly to the very top or bottom or a Web page within your  BlackBerry browser, simply click the &lt;strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&quot;T&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt; button to  move all the way up or the &lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&quot;B&quot;  key to shift to the  bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To jump down a page length in the BlackBerry Browser, simply hit the  Space key. Do so repeatedly to quickly move down a page. On the flip  side,  you can &quot;page up&quot; by holding a Shift key and then  clicking  Space.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The simplest and fastest way to surf to your home page via  BlackBerry  Browser: click your  &quot;H&quot;  key while on another page.  (Note:  Modify your BlackBerry home page by hitting Menu--directly  to the left  of your trackball--and choosing Options,  then Browser Configuration.  On the following screen,  scroll down to the Home Page Address field and  enter in  the correct URL for your new home page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Open up your BlackBerry Browser Options by hitting the   &quot;S&quot;  key while on any Web page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To zoom in on a page while using the BlackBerry Browser, click  &quot;I.&quot;  to zoom back out, hit  &quot;O.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To instantly view your BlackBerry browsing history, click the  &quot;Y&quot;  key while surfing the Web.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To rapidly determine the URL for a Web page you&#39;re visiting, click the  &quot;P&quot;  key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To quickly exit your browser, either hit your BlackBerry Escape  key--located directly to the right of your trackball--or click the  &quot;D&quot;   key. (Note: This shortcut did not work on our Curve 8900  running OS  v5.0.0.90.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To alternate Between &quot;Column&quot; and &quot;Page&quot; Views in BlackBerry Browser, click your &quot;Z&quot; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the  &quot;U&quot;  key while on any Web page to hide the BlackBerry Browser Banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;While on a Web page, just click your BlackBerry&#39;s &lt;em&gt;P&lt;/em&gt; key at any time to see that specific page&#39;s Web address and title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Spreadsheet Attachments&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the size of a column by pushing the W key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to a specific cell by pressing the G key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;View contents of a cell by pressing the Space key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Search for text by clicking the F key, and then type the desired  word. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Switch to a different worksheet by pressing V and selecting the  desired sheet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Presentation Attachments&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Skip to the next slide by pressing the N key. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Return to the previous slide by clicking the P key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Start slideshow by pushing the S key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stop slideshow by clicking the Escape key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Switch to a new view of the slideshow by clicking the M key.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Back Up and Restore Handheld Data&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Anyone  who has ever experienced the pain of losing all the data on a PC  or  handheld intimately knows the value of backing up personal  information,  whether it&#39;s an iTunes music collection, digital photo  album or  address book.  This can be easier said than done, but  BlackBerry users  are in luck: The handheld data backup and restore  process for Research  In Motion (RIM) smartphones couldn&#39;t be simpler  when you use the  BlackBerry Desktop Manager software, which ships with  every new RIM  device. We&#39;ll demonstrate how you can protect the valuable data on your   BlackBerry by backing it up on your PC&#39;s hard drive--we&#39;ll even show  you  how to automatically backup your device data in preset intervals.  To get started, all you&#39;ll need is your BlackBerry device, the latest   version of RIM&#39;s BlackBerry Desktop Manager, a Microsoft Windows PC--the   desktop software&#39;s not currently available to Mac users--and a USB   cable to link your mobile phone and computer.&lt;br /&gt;
First, you&#39;ll want to download the latest version of RIM&#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;http://na.blackberry.com/eng/services/desktop/desktop_pc.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry  Desktop Manager software&lt;/a&gt;,  which at the time of this article&#39;s time of  publication is v5.0, . To  determine which version of Desktop Manager  you&#39;re currently running,  launch the program via &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Windows  Start Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; by clicking &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;All Programs&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Desktop Manager&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  When the program&#39;s open, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Help&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab on  the main screen and then choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;About BlackBerry Desktop  Manager&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. The software version will be listed on the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;General&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Launch Desktop Manager, Connect Your BlackBerry and PC&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, launch the desktop manager software if you haven&#39;t already done   so.  Follow the procedure detailed above to open the program if you   didn&#39;t choose to create a desktop shortcut upon installation.  When the   program is running, connect your BlackBerry device to the PC via USB   cord.   Close any dialogue boxes that may appear when your BlackBerry is   connected, including the desktop manager box that informs you it&#39;s   searching for application updates.&lt;br /&gt;
Your BlackBerry should now be connected to the software and the word   &quot;Connected&quot; should appear in both the top and bottom left corners of  the  desktop manager screen. If you&#39;re still not connected, try  unplugging  the device and inserting it into another USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Backup All or Some of the Data on Your BlackBerry&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Backup and Restore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon in the  top right corner of the desktop manager home screen. The following  screen should offer three separate options: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Backup&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Restore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  To save all the personal data stored in your BlackBerry&#39;s internal  memory, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Back up&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab, choose a name and  location for the file and hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Save. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  The  backup process should take about a minute, and your BlackBerry  screen  will display a graphic of a connected handheld and PC while it&#39;s  in  progress.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set your BlackBerry Desktop Manager to automatically  backup  device data in preset intervals (5 days, 7 days, 14 days, etc.)   whenever you launch the program and connect your smartphone and PC.    To  do so, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab beneath the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Backup&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon, and on the following screen fill in the box next to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Back  up my device data automatically every XX days&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   Then  choose the specific data you want backed up.  For instance, you  can opt  to back up all of your device data, or all data except messages  and/or  data that&#39;s synced with an organizer app.  When you&#39;ve selected  the  information you want to copy, hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;OK&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and then  click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Back up&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the main screen.&lt;br /&gt;
To further customize the specific information you wish to back up, click  the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the main &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Backup  and Restore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  screen.  You&#39;ll quickly see a dialogue box  that displays the  application&#39;s progress scanning your device database,  and then a screen  with two columns appears: one column on the left named  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Computer Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and another on the right  titled &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Device Databases. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  In the right  column, select the specific device data you wish to  backup and then hit  the left-facing arrow between the columns to copy  the information from  the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Device Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; side to the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Computer  Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  Once you&#39;ve transferred all the data you wish  to copy, open the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;File&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; dropdown menu--located  directly above the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Computer Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; column--choose a name for your backup file and save it to your hard  drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Restore Data to Your BlackBerry Using Desktop Manager Files&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Restoring BlackBerry device data using the desktop manager software  and  backup files created using the application isn&#39;t difficult at all.    First, you&#39;ll want to locate your backup files so they&#39;re easy to find   when you try to restore data.  Next, launch the BlackBerry Desktop   Manager, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Backup and Restore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon in  the top right corner and on the next screen, and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Restore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  Browse to the appropriate backup file on your hard drive and click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Open&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.    You&#39;ll then be asked to confirm that you wish to replace all the   existing data on your device with the information in the backup file.    Hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Yes&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, and the desktop manager starts   restoring your data. This can take several minutes depending on the   amount of information in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
Restoring only specific device data, such as address book contacts or   custom AutoText entries, is similar to the above-mentioned process,  but  instead of hitting &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Restore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; on the main Backup  and Restore screen, click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   Then  open the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;File&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; dropdown menu on the  left--directly above the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Computer Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  column--and open an existing back up file.  Choose the specific data   you&#39;d like to restore from that file and click the right-facing arrow   between the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Computer Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Device  Databases&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; columns. When the progress box disappears, your  data has been restored and you&#39;re good to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Security Basics&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;BlackBerry has  gained a reputation in the mobile space during the past  decade or so as  the &quot;most secure&quot; handheld device and mobile platform  available.  That&#39;s largely due to RIM&#39;s BlackBerry  Enterprise Server (BES) software  for corporate e-mail deployments,  which has earned high-level &lt;a href=&quot;http://na.blackberry.com/eng/ataglance/security/certifications.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;security certifications&lt;/a&gt;  from some of the world&#39;s  most demanding information-security  organizations, including the U.S.  National Institute of Standards and  Technology (NIST); Canada&#39;s  Communication Security Establishment (CSE);  and the U.K.&#39;s  Communications Electronic Security Group (CESG), among  others.&lt;br /&gt;
That&#39;s all fine and good for corporations looking to secure   infrastructure and resources associated with their BlackBerry   deployments. But no amount of security certifications can make up for an   uninformed and/or careless BlackBerry user.&lt;br /&gt;
That&#39;s why, as a BlackBerry smartphone owner, you need to do your  part  to keep your device, and all the information on it, secure;  whether  you&#39;re a corporate BlackBerry user on a BES or a BlackBerry  Internet  Service (BIS) customer, you can manage a number of quick and  easy  security safeguards on your own...and you&#39;d be wise to do so if  you&#39;d  prefer that personal and/or sensitive data on your device remains  &quot;for  your eyes only.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#39;s a detailed list of five tips you can use to reinforce your   BlackBerry smartphone&#39;s security protections -- and perhaps reduce   future headaches associated with a lost or stolen BlackBerry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Password, Password, Password...One More Time: Password&lt;/h3&gt;If your corporate BlackBerry administrator doesn&#39;t enforce a password   policy on your device or you&#39;re a consumer BlackBerry user on BIS, the   very first thing you should do with your smartphone is enable   password-protection. This is probably the single most important--and   effective--BlackBerry security tip that anyone can offer you.&lt;br /&gt;
After all, there&#39;s little an average perpetrator can do with a  locked-down BlackBerry, besides erase its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
To enable a new password for your BlackBerry smartphone, simply open  your BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;Options&lt;/strong&gt; menu, then scroll down to and  click the word &lt;strong&gt;Password.&lt;/strong&gt; On the following screen,  select the &lt;strong&gt;Password&lt;/strong&gt; field and then enable the option  via the corresponding pop-up box.&lt;br /&gt;
From there, hit your BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;Escape&lt;/strong&gt; key--located   directly to the right of your track ball or trackpad--save your changes   when prompted and then enter your new BlackBerry password. After  typing  the new password once, you&#39;ll be prompted to confirm your  selection.  Verify the password by typing it again, and your BlackBerry  will be  properly locked down.  Just type your password again to unlock  the  device.&lt;br /&gt;
Employing a password that&#39;s easy to guess and/or determine defeats  the  purpose of password-protecting your device; pick a random password  that  isn&#39;t the word &quot;password&quot; or your birthday, etc. (Your BlackBerry   password must be at least four characters.) And don&#39;t store that   password anywhere on your BlackBerry, unless it&#39;s in the built-in   password keeper app--more on that in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
After enabling a BlackBerry password, you gain access to a number of   related security options on the same screen. For instance, you can   specify the number of failed password attempts you&#39;d like to permit   before your device locks itself down; you can pick a &lt;strong&gt;Security  Timeout&lt;/strong&gt;  period for how long your device should remain unlocked  before enabling  the password; and you can choose to require a password  whenever new  applications are installed, to prevent apps from being  installed  without your knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Encrypt BlackBerry Device Data&lt;/h3&gt;Another way to help protect your BlackBerry device and the  information  stored within it is by encrypting your smartphone data.   You can encrypt  data stored on your device and/or your microSD  media  card. Doing so &quot;scrambles&quot; the information so it can&#39;t be  transferred  and interpreted if your device falls into the wrong hands or  gets  hacked.&lt;br /&gt;
To enable encryption on your BlackBerry, again open up your BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;Options&lt;/strong&gt; menu, scroll down to &lt;strong&gt;Security Options&lt;/strong&gt; and on the  following screen, choose &lt;strong&gt;Encryption&lt;/strong&gt;. Then, open up the &lt;strong&gt;Encryption&lt;/strong&gt; menu on the next screen and pick &lt;strong&gt;Enabled.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After enabling encryption, you may be prompted to tap BlackBerry keys  to  &quot;generate random information for the new content key pair.&quot; This   process is used to generate a new, random encryption key that&#39;ll help   ensure your device and/or media card remain protected. Simply tap your   BlackBerry keyboard until you&#39;re returned to the &lt;strong&gt;Security  Options&lt;/strong&gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: You may see some performance degradation after enabling   device-memory encryption, especially if you choose the &quot;strongest&quot;   setting, i.e., your BlackBerry may slow down a bit. So depending on your   security needs, it could be a good idea to begin with the lowest   encryption setting to see how it affects your handheld.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Locking Down BlackBerry Bluetooth Security&lt;/h3&gt;All new BlackBerry devices have Bluetooth radios for connecting   wirelessly to calling- and media-accessories,  as well as for small-file   transfers.  Bluetooth can be invaluable to BlackBerry users, but it   should be employed securely. For example, you can enable a number of   Bluetooth options to secure connections to accessories and devices, as   well as ensure you only connect to the desired gadgets.&lt;br /&gt;
To access your Bluetooth options, turn your Bluetooth radio on by  opening the BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;Manage Connections&lt;/strong&gt; menu and  checking the box next to &lt;strong&gt;Bluetooth&lt;/strong&gt;. Next, while still  on the &lt;strong&gt;Manage Connections&lt;/strong&gt; screen, scroll down to and  pick &lt;strong&gt;Bluetooth Options&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The following screen shows a variety of Bluetooth options, some are   which are security-oriented. First, you&#39;ll see an option labeled &lt;strong&gt;Discoverable&lt;/strong&gt;.   This option lets you determine whether or not you want your BlackBerry   to show up when nearby users search for Bluetooth enabled devices. If   you set the option to &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt;, others will not be able to   pair or connect with you via Bluetooth; you&#39;ll have to manually add them   if you wish to connect. If you choose the &lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt; option,   anyone with a Bluetooth device in range will see your BlackBerry if  they  scan for nearby gadgets. And the third option, &lt;strong&gt;2 Minutes&lt;/strong&gt; means your device will be viewable to others scanning for Bluetooth  devices for only two minutes after you make the change.&lt;br /&gt;
Setting BlackBerry Bluetooth discoverability to &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; is  probably the most secure option, because no one will be able to connect  to your device via Bluetooth. But I often use the &lt;strong&gt;2 Minutes&lt;/strong&gt; option, as well, to let other, known parties quickly connect to my  device.&lt;br /&gt;
On the same screen, you can choose to allow or deny outgoing calls  via  Bluetooth--I use the &quot;Always&quot; option, because I frequently place   hands-free calls via Bluetooth, with my device both locked and unlocked.    You can also enable or disable your Bluetooth contact-transfer  option,  which allows you to quickly transfer BlackBerry contacts via  Bluetooth.  And there&#39;s a &lt;strong&gt;Security Level&lt;/strong&gt; that lets you choose  either &lt;strong&gt;High&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;High + Encryption&lt;/strong&gt; to  protect data sent and/or received via Bluetooth--the latter option  scrambles data transferred via Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, you can pick and choose which services you want to enable   Bluetooth for--headset, hands-free, dial-up networking, etc.--to reduce   possible security threats. So, for example, if you never use  your  device for wireless tethering, you could uncheck the &lt;strong&gt;Dial-Up  Networking&lt;/strong&gt; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Protect Passwords and Other Sensitive On-Device Data&lt;/h3&gt;It may be tempting to store password, payment card information or  other  login data on your BlackBerry, but there are right and wrong ways  to do  so. The wrong way is to simply store such information in saved   BlackBerry e-mail messages, to-do items or notes, without any sort of   protection. If your device falls into the wrong hands, a hacker could   potentially search your inbox or message list for the terms &quot;Visa,&quot;   &quot;Master Card&quot; etc., in hopes of locating financial information that   could lead to cash.&lt;br /&gt;
But if you protect all your passwords and/or sensitive information using  something like RIM&#39;s built-in &lt;strong&gt;Password Keeper&lt;/strong&gt;  app,  potential baddies looking for personal data would have to find  not only a  way into your device, but also a way to crack your password  keeper.&lt;br /&gt;
To employ &lt;strong&gt;Password Keeper&lt;/strong&gt;, simply open up the  app--it  ships with all new BlackBerrys--and create a password to  protect all  your other passwords. Obviously, this master password  should be  difficult to guess. Then simply hit your BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; key--to the left of the trackball/trackpad--and choose &lt;strong&gt;New&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new password item. You&#39;ll be prompted for a &lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;,  &lt;strong&gt;Username&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Password&lt;/strong&gt;, a &lt;strong&gt;Website&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Notes&lt;/strong&gt;, but you can use any of the fields to store  whatever information you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Parting With Your Device? Make Sure It&#39;s Wiped&lt;/h3&gt;Whether you&#39;ve upgraded to a new model, traded handhelds with a  friend  or colleague, or misplaced your BlackBerry, if you part with  your device  for any significant period of time, you should &quot;wipe&quot; it  clean to  ensure no sensitive information is lost.&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, if you&#39;ve lost or misplaced your device, or--gulp!--it was   stolen, you can&#39;t wipe it on your own. But if you&#39;re on a corporate  BES  or BES Express, you can still have your BlackBerry administrator   remotely wipe your device clean, assuming it&#39;s still connected to your   organization&#39;s BlackBerry Server.&lt;br /&gt;
And it&#39;s best not to waste time; if you suspect your device has been  nabbed, tell your BlackBerry administrator &lt;em&gt;immediately&lt;/em&gt;,  even if  you think you may be able to find it. Mistakes happen and your  admin  should understand. Even if you locate the device in the future,  it&#39;s  safer to wipe it clean and simply restore your data from a backup,  than  take a chance of someone hacking your personal information. (You &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; backing  up your BlackBerry regularly, right?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;continue_reading&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cio.com/article/561313/BlackBerry_Security_Basics_Five_Tips_to_Keep_Your_Smartphone_Safe?page=3&amp;amp;taxonomyId=3219&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Boost Battery Life&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;How  long will your&amp;nbsp;BlackBerry battery last? That depends on a wide array of  factors, starting with  the device model you&#39;re using, your proximity  to cellular towers, and  how often you&#39;re talking on a call, sending  messages or surfing the  mobile Internet.&lt;br /&gt;
But regardless of whether or not you&#39;re constantly using your a   BlackBerry 8830, 8700g or Curve in the city or the sticks, you can learn   tricks to squeeze every last bit of juice out of your device. For   instance, you can make sure all your unused connectivity options are   disabled, your notification settings are optimized for extended battery   life and your screen backlight is only as bright as you need it to be.&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend carrying an extra BlackBerry battery along whenever   possible so you don&#39;t get caught in  the dark even if your main power  supply dies. But these tips can help  extend your battery life even if  you have another at the ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Set Connectivity Options Wisely&lt;/h3&gt;Wireless connectivity options such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth eat up  BlackBerry battery life when they&#39;re on but aren&#39;t in use,  because they  constantly try to connect to networks or devices.  Even  leaving your  device&#39;s cellular radio on when you&#39;re not using it drains  battery  life, because it&#39;s communicating with cellular towers to  determine if  you&#39;re still in range of the network and to update various  services or  applications.&lt;br /&gt;
Not all BlackBerry devices have Wi-Fi--in fact only a few of them  do--but most new RIM devices have  Bluetooth support, and the vast  majority have cellular radios.&lt;br /&gt;
To turn off one or all of these options, go to your device&#39;s icon  screen  and click the &quot;Manage Connections&quot; icon.  (It looks a bit like a  camera  tripod with a few halos around the top.)  From there, you can   deactivate all connectivity options by hitting the &quot;Turn All Connections   Off&quot; option, or turn individual connections on and off by checking or   unchecking the boxes next to each.  One caution: the cellular radio   enables your device to make and receive calls, as well as view Web pages   and transfer data, so you won&#39;t be able to place calls or surf the Web   when your radio is turned off.  If you enter an area with poor or no   cellular coverage--when riding on a subway, for example--turn off you   radio unless it&#39;s absolutely necessary, because it will drain battery   trying to reconnect with the network.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set your device to automatically shut down at night (or   other little-used times) and turn itself back on, to save battery life.    To do so, go to your device&#39;s icon screen and click the Options icon.    (It looks like a wrench.) Then  click Auto On/Off, select whether or  not  settings should apply to weekdays, weekends or both, and choose  stop  and start times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Examine Your Notification Profiles&lt;/h3&gt;The notification alerts that you use to signal new phone calls or   messages can have a significant impact on your BlackBerry battery life.    For example, if you set your call notification to vibrate three times   and then ring loudly, your battery is going to drain faster than if you   turn off the vibration and reduce your ring tone volume to low.&lt;br /&gt;
If you use a custom ring tone--a little Buffett, say--you&#39;re also  using  more battery life than with a traditional ring.  The most energy   efficient way to employ call or message notifications? Set your ring   tone to the lowest volume you can and reduce or eliminate the use of   vibration alerts.&lt;br /&gt;
We all need to set or devices to vibrate occasionally while in  meetings  or other locales that require quiet, but you can modify your  vibrations  settings.&lt;br /&gt;
To reduce the number of times that your device vibrates when a new  call  or message is received, go to your device&#39;s icon screen and click  the  Profiles icon.  (It looks like a speaker.)  From there you can  adjust  your various profile settings--Loud, Vibrate, Quiet, Normal and  Phone  Off--and access Advanced settings.  Scroll down and click the  Advanced  option, and you&#39;ll see another list of the same profile  settings.  To  modify these settings, just highlight one, hit your  BlackBerry menu key  and click the Edit option.   This displays all the  various applications  and services with notification options, like your  phone, e-mail inbox,  text message inbox, IM application and more.  To  change notification  settings for an app or service, simply click one  and select whether you  want your device to both ring and vibrate when  you receive a call or an  email message and how many times for each.&lt;br /&gt;
If you use an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) holster from RIM,   you can also set different notification options for when your device  is  holstered.  (RIM&#39;s newer holsters have built-in magnets that let  your  device know it&#39;s secured.) These options can save precious battery  life,  as well, because you can set your device to remain silent and  still  while holster and then revert to normal settings when it&#39;s  removed.&lt;br /&gt;
As a general rule, the fewer times you BlackBerry rings or vibrates, the  less battery life your notifications use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Adjust Your Screen Backlight&lt;/h3&gt;Newer BlackBerry devices enable you to heighten or reduce your  display&#39;s  backlight brightness.  The brighter your screen, and the  longer that  screen stays lit, the more battery life you&#39;re using.&lt;br /&gt;
To modify backlight settings, go to your BlackBerry icon screen and   click on the Options icon that looks like a wrench.  The click the   Screen/Keyboard option and set your Backlight Brightness to the lowest   level you can stand without needing to struggle to see your display.   Then set your Backlight Timeout--how long your screen will stay on   before going black--to the shortest time period you can handle.&lt;br /&gt;
An OEM BlackBerry holster can also reduce the amount of time your  screen  stays lit regardless of your settings, because it blacks out  your  display whenever the device is holstered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Use Power-Hogging Applications Wisely&lt;/h3&gt;The larger the number of BlackBerry applications you use, the more  power  you&#39;re going to need.  If you constantly use a couple of apps,  say the  Viigo RSS reader and Facebook for BlackBerry, you need to  consider how much power those specific  applications employ.  If battery  life is of the essence, you probably  want to use them sparingly.&lt;br /&gt;
Some applications eat up power only when in use. For example, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/mobile/maps/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Google  Maps mobile application for BlackBerry&lt;/a&gt;  drains significant battery  life when you search for directions or  satellite images of a specific  locale, but it doesn&#39;t use much power  when not being employed.&lt;br /&gt;
But, many BlackBerry applications drain battery life even when you&#39;re  not using them by pulling in new content or updates.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://viigo.com/home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Viigo, a  mobile RSS reader for BlackBerry&lt;/a&gt;  and Windows Mobile devices, for  instance, pulls in content from  whatever feeds you select.  If you use  Viigo and you&#39;re receiving  articles from 30 feeds, the application is  going to eat up a good chunk  of your battery, even when you&#39;re not  reading the stories it&#39;s  collecting.  Or take the &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.blackberry.com/devices/features/social/facebook.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Facebook  for BlackBerry&lt;/a&gt;  application: Depending on your Facebook notification  settings, you  could be receiving BlackBerry alerts every time a  Facebook Friend sends  you a message, writes on your wall, pokes you, or  interacts with one  of your widgets.  All of that back and forth activity  takes a lot of  power.&lt;br /&gt;
So be aware of how much battery your BlackBerry applications need, and  why, and be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Keep Battery Connections Clean&lt;/h3&gt;Over time, the battery connections within your device can gather dust   and other particles and impede the transfer of power to your hardware.    Every few months, it&#39;s a good idea to remove your battery and wipe  clean  the small sections of metal through which battery power is  transferred,  as well as the metal prongs inside your device&#39;s battery  slot that  connect to the power supply.&lt;br /&gt;
Those prongs are delicate, however, so you should be very careful   cleaning them.  Q Tips and cleansing wipes made specifically for   electronic gadgets work well, though they can leave residue, so you   should ensure both surfaces are clear before replacing your battery.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, your battery will become less efficient over time, so it is   occasionally necessary to buy a new one.  If your battery is a year or   older, and you&#39;ve determined that its poor performance can&#39;t be   attributed to a weak cellular connection, a power-hogging app or a   similar issue, you may need to replace it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Close Unused Applications--Even if You Reopen Them Soon&lt;/h3&gt;Many BlackBerry applications utilize RIM&#39;s respected &quot;push&quot;  technology,  which brings messages, notifications and alerts to your  device almost  instantly after the corresponding service receives them.   That&#39;s all  fine and good--except for the fact that it takes battery  life to  initiative the transactions and receive new data. The more apps  you have  open that use some sort of auto-update process, the more  battery life  those apps are eating up.&lt;br /&gt;
So while my initial related tip was merely to close all  &quot;power-hogging&quot;  apps when they&#39;re not in use, today I&#39;m suggesting you  close ALL apps  when you&#39;re not employing them. You won&#39;t receive  updates or  notifications, but you can always just reopen a specific app  if you want  to check it.&lt;br /&gt;
This also goes for IM applications, like BeeJive or IM+, which many   BlackBerry users leaving running constantly. If you&#39;re a heavy IM user,   this tip may not play out for you. But if you&#39;re like me and rarely use   IM via BlackBerry, except to initiate a quick conversation, you&#39;ll be   better off leaving your IM apps deactivated until you need them.&lt;br /&gt;
A quick way to determine which apps are running at a given time is to  open up your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Application Switcher&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ribbon by holding down the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  key--directly to the left of your trackball/trackpad--for a few  seconds.  The core BlackBerry phone, browser, messages, BlackBerry  Messenger and  home screen icon cannot be closed, but anything else that  shows up in  your app switcher can be shutdown via the application  menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Standby Mode is Your Friend&lt;/h3&gt;You can quickly and easily put many BlackBerry devices into &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Standby  Mode&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to conserve battery life when not in use, among  other things. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Standby Mode&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  is different than  the BlackBerry screen/keypad lock in that it not  only freezes your  device keyboard, but also deactivates your display,  saving power.&lt;br /&gt;
You activate &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; Standby Mode&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in different ways  depending on your BlackBerry device, but some new devices can be put  into standby by simply holding the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mute&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key on  the top right or left of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, I put my BlackBerry Bold 9700 into standby every time it  goes into my pocket by holding the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mute&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  key on  the top-right of the device. (Check your owner&#39;s manual or  search  Google if you  can&#39;t determine how to activate standby on your  specific handset. Note:  As far as I know, the Storm2 does not have a  Standby Mode.)&lt;br /&gt;
You&#39;ll need to push the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mute&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key again--or   reenter whatever key combo activates standby--to turn it off. So if you   find that your device is on but won&#39;t start up when you press keys,   ensure it&#39;s not in standby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Disable Your Camera&#39;s Flash&lt;/h3&gt;If you employ your BlackBerry&#39;s digital camera frequently, but want  to  conserve battery life, you can turn off or adjust your camera&#39;s  flash.  Using the flash once or twice probably won&#39;t have too much of an  impact  on your battery life. But repeated use is sure to take a toll.&lt;br /&gt;
To modify your camera&#39;s flash settings, open the BlackBerry camera app  by clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Camera Icon&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; on your  BlackBerry home screen. When the camera view finder is open, click your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key, hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and  change the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Default Flash Setting&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;No.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hit your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Escape&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key to exit out of the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  menu, save your changes, and your flash will be turned off the next   time you open the camera. To turn it back on, simply reverse the   process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Add E-Mail Accounts Sparingly&lt;/h3&gt;Every time an e-mail message or group of messages is delivered to  your  BlackBerry inbox, your overall device battery-life diminishes.   So, to  maximize BlackBerry battery life, you should only connect  &quot;relevant&quot;  e-mail accounts to your smartphone.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you have your Microsoft Outlook, two Gmail accounts, a  Windows Live mailbox and Yahoo! Mail  all linked to your BlackBerry  device, you&#39;re using a significant amount  of your battery life on  simply delivering e-mail--assuming you  frequently receive mail to these  accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
You probably need your Outlook mail, especially if your BlackBerry is  work-issued. But do you really require that &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; of those Gmail  inboxes be connected to your smartphone? Do you even receive mail to  that ancient &lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: line-through;&quot;&gt;Hotmail&lt;/span&gt; Windows Live account?&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s a good practice to connect only the mailboxes you employ most   frequently to your BlackBerry device, since reducing the number of   mailboxes will not only increase your overall battery-life, but also   de-clutter your main BlackBerry Messages folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Better Digital Camera Experience&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;You  can more out of your blackberry camera built in and capture pro-looking  shots effortlessly. There are some basic tips provided by RIM  themselves. We will take a look of the various tips they reccomend and  also provide some useful tips of our own.&lt;br /&gt;
First, RIM’s tips:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Get closer to your subjects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hold  your hand steady&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Be patient&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use  the flash when necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use photos to  help remember future errands/tasks/etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Organize  your digital media using BlackBerry folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Share  images via digital photo apps like &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://na.blackberry.com/eng/devices/features/social/flickr.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flickr&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;, &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.blackberry.com/devices/features/social/facebook.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt; or &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://na.blackberry.com/eng/devices/features/social/myspace.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MySpace  for BlackBerry&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use a photo editor  (There are free options)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Modify white  balance settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Experiment with  built-in color effects like black &amp;amp; white or sepia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Employ  geotagging, where available, to tie location info to images&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Modify  BlackBerry image quality camera settings &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;Again,  most of these are somewhat obvious, but each and every one  will indeed  help to make you a better BlackBerry photog. And &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackberry.com/newsletters/connection/owners_lounge/i209/12_camera_tips.shtml&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;much more detail on each item&lt;/a&gt; is available on RIM’s  site.&lt;br /&gt;
I use my BlackBerry camera fairly frequently, and I’ve  experimented  with all the suggestions mentioned above and more. One tip  that’s often  overlooked due to its simplicity: Make sure your camera  lens is clear  of dust and other debris.&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest way to do  this is to wipe both the lens and flash,  found on the rear side of your  camera-equipped ‘Berry, with a cotton  swab or a paper towel or tissue will do just fine, but  make sure to use  a quality brand that won’t just leave more of a mess.&lt;br /&gt;
My  other suggestion is an extension of RIM’s second tip: Hold your hand  steady. I’ve had the best luck using &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt;  hands. I use one  thumb and forefinger on the top and bottom to hold my  BlackBerry  horizontally in place while my other hand holds the device  like I  normally would, with a thumb on the trackball and the rest of my  hand  wrapped around its side.&lt;br /&gt;
This is particularly helpful when using  RIM’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/product/review/blackberry-curve-8900&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry  Curve 8900&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/node/118&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Storm&lt;/a&gt;  devices. Both handsets have higher resolution cameras than other   BlackBerry models—3.2 megapixels compared to 2.0 megapixels—as well as a   new autofocus feature. The autofocus in particular &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.berryreview.com/2009/03/12/why-storm-8900-camera-autofocus-is-such-a-big-deal/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;really makes a difference in picture quality&lt;/a&gt;.  But  it also causes a delay after you click your trackball or screen to  snap  an image, so holding your device steady for those final few  seconds is  crucial.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the cameras usage tips, RIM also included  a breakdown  of the BlackBerry Camera Settings. I won’t get into details, but if  you’re new to using a  BlackBerry shooter, these tips are a great place  to familiarize yourself  with RIM’s camera application.&lt;br /&gt;
The most interesting tidbit from  the camera settings section:&lt;br /&gt;
“If the [BlackBerry] battery power  level drops below 20 percent, the  flash dims to conserve battery power.  In cold temperatures, when the  battery power level drops below 20  percent, the flash might turn off.”&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently there are  battery-life-protection measures built into the  camera app that jump into action whenever the temperature drops below a  certain  level. Who knew?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use Folders to Unclutter Your RIM Smartphone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;BlackBerry  smartphones come with a default set of folders for users to store   software, including RIM&#39;s own standard tools--like its Calculator and   Memo Pad applications--as well as third  party apps and games.  The four  main app storage folders are &lt;strong&gt;Applications&lt;/strong&gt;,  &lt;strong&gt;Games&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Instant Messaging&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Downloads&lt;/strong&gt;--at  least if your BlackBerry is running OS v4.6 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Applications&lt;/strong&gt; is where all RIM&#39;s native apps live; &lt;strong&gt;Games&lt;/strong&gt; is for, well, games; a number of IM programs, including AIM and &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.blackberry.com/devices/features/im/google_talk.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;More stories related to Google Talk&quot;&gt;Google Talk&lt;/a&gt;,  can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Instant Messaging&lt;/strong&gt;; and any and all new  apps you may acquire land in &lt;strong&gt;Downloads&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
That&#39;s all fine and good for new BlackBerry owners, but thanks to the release of &lt;a href=&quot;http://in.blackberry.com/services/appworld/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry  App World&lt;/a&gt;,  RIM&#39;s mobile software store, getting your hands on new  software has  never been easier. And those four folders fill up and  become  disorganized awfully quick.&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you can create your own BlackBerry folders, which can be   organized in the way that best suits your needs, in just a few simple   steps. Once you&#39;re a master of the BlackBerry folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Adding New BlackBerry Folders&lt;/h3&gt;Creating a new BlackBerry folder for storing applications or other data  takes just three steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;One: &lt;/strong&gt; On your icon- or application-screen, click the &lt;strong&gt;BlackBerry  Menu&lt;/strong&gt; key, which is located directly to the left of your  trackball.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Two:&lt;/strong&gt; Choose &lt;strong&gt;Add Folder&lt;/strong&gt; from the  options in the corresponding pop-up menu, and choose a name for your new  addition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Three:&lt;/strong&gt; Click the Icon section of the &lt;strong&gt;Add Folder&lt;/strong&gt; screen, and pick the color or graphic that best fits the folder&#39;s  intended purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
Voila! A new BlackBerry folder should now appear on your icon screen.    Should you wish to modify the folder&#39;s name, color or graphic in the   future, simply scroll over it, hit the &lt;strong&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/strong&gt; key again, and choose &lt;strong&gt;Edit Folder&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Moving Folders&lt;/h3&gt;There&#39;s no right or wrong way to organize the folders and  applications  on your BlackBerry; try experimenting a bit to see which  arrangements  work best for you. However, the following tips can be used  to shape your  BlackBerry folder organization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
Any folder on your BlackBerry can be moved and shifted around your  icon  screen. To do so, scroll over the folder you wish to move, click  the &lt;strong&gt;BlackBerry  Menu&lt;/strong&gt; key and choose &lt;strong&gt;Move &lt;/strong&gt;. A white outline  appears around the folder, and any movement of your trackball moves the  folder.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the BlackBerry theme you&#39;re currently using, you can   position folders so that they appear on your home screen in addition to   your icon screen. If you&#39;re using a &quot;zen&quot; theme, move a folder into the   top row on your icon screen and it will also display on your home   screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, you cannot currently create new folders within  folders,  which could really help with BlackBerry organization.  And it  may be a  while before this functionality hits a BlackBerry near you--if  it ever  does; I&#39;ve been experimenting with a very early unofficial  version of  RIM&#39;s upcoming BlackBerry OS v5.0, and the feature still  isn&#39;t present  in the new firmware, though it could be eventually.&lt;br /&gt;
One tweak within BlackBerry OS v5.0 that will help: You can easily   change the folder for downloads, so new applications can be delivered   directly to the appropriate folder, instead of landing in the &lt;strong&gt;Downloads&lt;/strong&gt; folder first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Organizing BlackBerry Folders with Colors, Icons&lt;/h3&gt;For new folders, you can choose from a variety of colors--green,  purple,  red, blue and yellow--along with a number of icons, such as  stars,  hearts, smiley faces and the BlackBerry logo. Using color codes  and/or  icons will help you remember what types of applications are in  which  folders without having to physically scroll over them to see app  names.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you could use the color red to signify that a folder is   work-related. So a red folder with a star titled &quot;Applications&quot; could   house apps like WorldMate  Live and TetherBerry,  along with ERP,  CRM  or whatever other corporate apps your IT administrator may have   distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
And a red folder with a smiley face icon could be for your most  frequently used, work-related software.&lt;br /&gt;
A blue folder with a star could be used to store all your personal,  or  life-style, apps, like Viigo,  Facebook  for BlackBerry and &lt;a href=&quot;http://thetweetgenius.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;TweetGenius&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Again, these specific examples may not work for you, but find your  own  organization strategy by testing out the above-mentioned  suggestions and  seeing which work best.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Set Up E-Mail Signature&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;BlackBerry  e-mail auto-signatures let you save time on typing and reduce  unnecessary strain on BlackBerry thumbs, as well as proactively  apologize for possible typos. Follow these simple steps to create,  modify or erase BlackBerry e-mail signatures--for both personal, or  BlackBerry Internet Service (BIS), and corporate, or BlackBerry  Enterprise Server (BES), accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;BlackBerry Personal E-Mail Auto Signatures: BlackBerry Internet  Service (BIS)&lt;/h3&gt;To create, change or do away with an auto signature for a &lt;a href=&quot;http://in.blackberry.com/services/internet/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry Internet Service (BIS)&lt;/a&gt;  Web-mail account,  you first need to log in to your wireless carrier&#39;s  website--you may  also need to create a new account if you haven&#39;t  already.  To do so,  surf over to your carrier&#39;s website and either  create a new user name  and password or login to an existing account.&lt;br /&gt;
After logging into your carrier&#39;s website, you should locate the   BlackBerry messaging, or BIS, section of the page.  (You can also   quickly find your carrier&#39;s BIS page by performing a Google search for  the carrier&#39;s name and &quot;BlackBerry Internet Service (BIS).&quot;)  Once on  the BIS page, create at new account, if necessary, or login.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, you can choose to add a new Web mail account to BIS, or if  you&#39;ve  already added one, there&#39;s an option to edit existing accounts.  If  you&#39;ve not yet created an account, follow the on-screen process to  enter  an e-mail address and login information, then save your changes.   Once  an account is added, you&#39;ll be returned to the main BIS page.&lt;br /&gt;
A default e-mail signature will be assigned to each new BIS e-mail  account you add, something like: &quot;Sent via BlackBerry by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cio.com/article/482710/subject/AT%26T+Inc.&quot; title=&quot;More  stories related to AT&amp;amp;T Inc.&quot;&gt;AT&amp;amp;T&lt;/a&gt;.&quot;   Until you physically remove this default auto-signature, it will  appear  at the bottom of each and every message you send.  This is a  good way  to spot newbie BlackBerry owners, as many beginner users  aren&#39;t even  aware that the signature is there.&lt;br /&gt;
To remove, edit or create a new BIS e-mail auto-signature, login to your  carrier&#39;s site, locate the BIS page and click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  option below the e-mail account you wish to modify.  On the following   page, you&#39;ll see an e-mail signature option with a space for text   beneath it.  If you&#39;ve never modified your BIS account, you&#39;ll see the   default signature mentioned above, within that space. You can delete it   completely, modify it or create a new signature. Once you have, click   the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Save&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;
After you&#39;ve got your signature the way you want it, return to the main  BIS page and click the link that says &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Send Service Books&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   This helps to ensure that your changes are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;BlackBerry Corporate E-Mail Auto Signatures: BlackBerry Enterprise  Server (BES)&lt;/h3&gt;The easiest way to create or modify BlackBerry e-mail auto-signatures  for corporate or &lt;a href=&quot;http://in.blackberry.com/support/software/server.jsp&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry  Enterprise Server (BES)&lt;/a&gt;  accounts is via your handset and not a  Web-based interface, like the  BIS interface described above. Also, BES  mail accounts do not have any  sort of default signature applied, so  unless you create one  yourself--or an admin does it for you--your  BlackBerry mail will not  have an auto-signature.&lt;br /&gt;
To create or change a BES e-mail auto-signature, you should first open  your on-device &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Messaging&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; app, where all of  your BES messages are stored.  Next, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key--which is located directly to the left of your trackball--and  scroll down until you can click on &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  Within the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Messages Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; menu, choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;E-Mail  Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the following &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;E-Mail Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; page, make  sure the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Use Auto Signature&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; option is set to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Yes&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,   and then fill in whatever message you want to appear at the bottom of   your e-mail, within the blank on-screen box.  As mentioned earlier,   common BlackBerry e-mail signatures include name, address and contact   information, but you may also wish to use something to alert message   recipients that your mailing was sent via BlackBerry. For instance,   &quot;Please excuse any typos. Message was sent via BlackBerry.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Escape&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key to the  right of your trackball to exit the screen, and then save your changes  when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add or change your BES e-mail signature using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cio.com/article/444720/RIM_BlackBerry_How_To_Use_BlackBerry_Desktop_Manager_to_Load_Update_or_Remove_Software&quot;&gt;RIM&#39;s  BlackBerry Desktop Manager software&lt;/a&gt;,  though you need to have chosen  the enterprise e-mail option when you  first used Desktop Manager.  If  you&#39;d like to employ the software to  modify your BES auto-signature but  don&#39;t have the corporate mail option  in Desktop Manager, simply  uninstall the app, then reinstall and  choose the enterprise setup  option.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, connect your BlackBerry to your PC via the standard mini USB cord  and fire up Desktop Manager.  You should see an &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;E-Mail  Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  tab on Desktop Manager&#39;s opening page. If you do  not, you need to  uninstall and reinstall the app, as previously  mentioned.  Click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;E-Mail Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and add  whatever text you&#39;d like to use as an auto-signature to the blank  on-screen box.  When you&#39;re done, just hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Apply&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; button and close the program.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, you need make sure that you have set your device to employ a   BES e-mail auto-signature.  To check this, follow the process  described  at the start of this section and make sure the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Use Auto  Signature&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; option on the on-device &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;E-Mail  Settings&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; page is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Customize Your Blackberry&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Customize  your RIM BlackBerry smartphone in no time using unique home screen  images, backgrounds, custom ringtones, notification profiles and  exceptions, and also by downloading and installing new themes. We guide  you how to go about it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Change Home Screen Images, Backgrounds&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
BlackBerry devices let you use just about any image or graphic as a  home  screen image.  The simplest way to find adequately sized images  for  your BlackBerry&#39;s background is to take the picture yourself using  your  built-in digital camera, if you&#39;ve got one, and then save it to  your  device&#39;s memory or media  card. This helps ensure that the image  is the correct proportions,  since you can see what it looks like  on-screen just after you take it.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also locate correctly-sized images via online aggregators of   BlackBerry backgrounds, or &quot;wallpapers.&quot;  I get most of my wallpapers,   at least the ones I don&#39;t create on my own, via CrackBerry.com and  sites  like it. &lt;a href=&quot;http://crackberry.com/free-wallpapers&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;CrackBerry.com has a large, free wallpaper gallery&lt;/a&gt;,  with all images categorized based on device display size.&lt;br /&gt;
BlackBerry  Pearl 81xx users want to employ 240x260-pixel wallpapers;  Pearl  Flip 8220 users want 240x320; Curve 83xx, BlackBerry 87xx and  88xx  should use 320x240 backgrounds; Curve 8900 owners want 480x360;  Bold  9000 users want 480x320; and Storm 95xx devices have 360x480  displays.  You should pick your wallpaper accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: You can employ pictures and graphics that aren&#39;t sized  perfectly  for your device as background images by navigating to the  image of  choice, via your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Media&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon, selecting &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pictures&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,  then &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;All Pictures&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and clicking on the image  you want to use. Next, hit your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu key&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;--which  is located directly to the left of your trackball--and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fit  to Screen&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Your image may appear disproportionate, but it  will at least span your screen.)&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you save a new image or graphic to your BlackBerry  smartphone,  you can save the file to your smartphone&#39;s built-in, or  &quot;on-board,&quot;  memory or an external memory card--if you&#39;ve got one.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s a good idea to save images that you plan to use as home screen   backgrounds to your device memory. (This helps to ensure that the image   remains set as your background after a  hard or soft reset, battery  pull or memory card switch.) However, I  like to set my image  preferences to save all pictures taken with my  camera to my external  media card, so the small amount of built-in  BlackBerry device memory  doesn&#39;t fill up too quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
To choose the save location for images taken with your camera, open the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Camera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; app, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key and select  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Scroll down to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Store  Pictures&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; on the following screen, and choose either &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;On  Media Card&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In Device Memory&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose to store all images on your media card, you&#39;ll want to   move the files you use as home screen images to your on-board memory,   for the above mentioned reasons. To do so, simply open the image you   wish to move, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key  and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Move&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Next, click the on-screen &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Device  Memory&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; folder and pick &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Move Here&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; from the menu that appears.  Your image will then be saved to your  device.&lt;br /&gt;
After you&#39;ve located the picture you want to use and saved it to your   device memory, it&#39;s time to set it as your BlackBerry home screen  image.   First, navigate to the appropriate image within your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Media&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon, as described above. But instead of clicking &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;All  Pictures&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; within the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pictures&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; folder, choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Picture Folders&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and select &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Device  Memory&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. If you saved the image in the correct location,  you should see it there.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, click on the image you wish to use, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key again and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Set as Home Screen  Image&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  Voila! The next time you return to your  BlackBerry&#39;s home screen, you&#39;ll see the new image.&lt;br /&gt;
And if at any point you want to return to the default home screen image,  simply navigate to any picture, click your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Reset Home Screen Image&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Set Custom Ringtones, Notification Profiles and Exceptions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most basic BlackBerry phone customization options  available  to users can also prove to be the most valuable.  Setting  custom  ringtones for the contacts in your address book, or at least for  those  with whom you communicate frequently, can tell you who&#39;s calling  and  eliminate the need to peek at your caller ID.&lt;br /&gt;
First, open your BlackBerry contacts by clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Address  Book&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  icon on your home screen.  From there, scroll down  to the contact for  which you wish to add a custom ringtone. With the  contact&#39;s name  highlighted, hit your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key, located directly to the left of the trackball on 8xxx series  devices, and scroll down to and click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Add Custom Phone Tune. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  From the dropdown menu, choose the location within your  phone&#39;s memory  where the default ringtones are stored--usually labeled &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; Preloaded Ringtones&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;--or  the folder in your memory card  where you keep your custom ringtones.   (BlackBerry users can employ a  variety of applications, including the &lt;a href=&quot;http://crackberry.com/blackberry-101-create-custom-blackberry-ringtones-using-your-rim-desktop-manager-software&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry Desktop Manager software, to create their  own custom ringtones&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll through the list of available ringtones--default tones will be  named &quot;Ringer_ &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;NAME_XX &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.mp3&quot;--and click on the  one you wish to associate with the previously selected contact.  Hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;OK&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  when the confirmation dialogue box displays, and you&#39;re all set.  After   assigning a custom tone to a contact, you can edit that tone by   highlighting the contact&#39;s name in your address book, hitting the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Menu &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key and selecting &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   Then, scroll all the way to the bottom of the entry where the custom   ringtone is listed, click on the name of the tone and navigate through   the dropdown menu until you find the new tone you&#39;d like.&lt;br /&gt;
RIM BlackBerry profiles allow you to customize the alerts you get  when  calls come in, new messages arrive and applications notifications  are  received. For example, you can use either the default &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Vibrate&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Quiet&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profiles to silence your phone for  a meeting. Or utilize the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; &quot;Loud&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profile to  ensure you don&#39;t miss an important call while at a sporting event or  other noisy locale. You can even employ a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Phone Only&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profile so your device vibrates or rings only when a call is received  and not when e-mail or text messages hit your inbox.&lt;br /&gt;
BlackBerry devices also allow you to create your own profiles to suit   personal preferences and needs, as well as tweak the default profiles.   So, for instance, you can create your own &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;E-Mail Only&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profile and set the phone to only vibrate three times for each e-mail  message you receive.  Or you can tweak your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; Vibrate &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profile so that your BlackBerry rings only when, say, your wife or  child calls.&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile for your BlackBerry, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; Profiles &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon on your main icon screen.  Then, scroll all  the way down past the existing profiles to the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; option and click it.  Within the current profiles list, hit your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key again, and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; New Profile &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.    From there, name your custom profile at the top of the next screen  and  choose your notification types for each of the applications that  use  alerts, by scrolling down the list and clicking on the app or  message  inbox.&lt;br /&gt;
When you click on an application, &quot;Phone,&quot; for instance, you&#39;ll then   have the ability to set custom &quot;In Holster&quot; and &quot;Out of Holster&quot;   notifications, such as whether not you want rings, vibrations or both.    And you can also modify volume settings and the number of vibrations  for  each alert, as well as enable or disable the LED message indicator   light.&lt;br /&gt;
After you&#39;ve created a new profile, it will appear in the profiles list  with a gold star over the icon.&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, you can also customize BlackBerry profiles for   specific contacts or groups of contacts.  For example, if you&#39;re   expecting a phone call from a specific coworker, but you don&#39;t want to   be bothered with calls or message from anyone else, you can set an   exception to your default &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Silent&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profile  that will allow for calls or messages from that specific person while  blocking all other vibrations and rings.&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, click on the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Profiles&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon on  the BlackBerry icon screen and again hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   In the list of existing profiles, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;New Exception.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Name the  exception at the top of the next screen, and then scroll down to the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;From&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; field and click the trackball.  Next, a list of options appears, from  which you should choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Add Name&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and then  pick the appropriate contacts from the dropdown list. You can choose  more than one name.&lt;br /&gt;
After specifying the contacts that you want included as part of the  exception, highlight the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Use Profile&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;field   and pick the profile you want applied those contacts.  So if you want  to  receive calls from your significant other and child while the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vibrate &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profile is set, you should choose both of those names in  the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Add Name&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; field and then set &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Use  Profile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Normal&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Loud.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Then hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  button again, save your  changes when the dialogue box appears and  you&#39;re good to go. (Note: If  you have multiple profile exceptions that  include the same contacts, you  may need to deactivate one or all of the  others for new exceptions to  take effect.)&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a profile exception, simply click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Profiles&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon on your BlackBerry icon screen, scroll all the way down, hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and then navigate down to your list of exceptions.  Select the  exception you wish to get rid of, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key, choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Delete,&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and confirm that  deletion in the next dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Download and Install New Themes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of current BlackBerry smartphones ship with three   different types of themes preinstalled: Icon, Today and Zen themes.    Individual wireless carriers also often include their own branded   themes.&lt;br /&gt;
Changing or switching back and forth between BlackBerry themes is  simple  and can be done in a matter of minutes--though each theme must  be  customized individually and this process can take some time.  For   instance, if you rearrange the home screen using an Icon theme and then   switch to a Zen theme, you&#39;ll need to reorder all your icons.  However,   if you then switch back to the original Icon theme, your icons will   still be ordered the way you originally set them.&lt;br /&gt;
To switch from one theme to another, click on your BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Theme&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   You&#39;ll then see a  list of all your available themes.  Scroll down to  the theme that you  wish to make active--the word &quot;Active&quot; will appear  in bold next to the  theme that&#39;s currently in use--and then click your  trackball. After a  few seconds, you&#39;ll be returned to the BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; screen.  Simply hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Escape&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; -- located  directly to the right of the trackball--and you&#39;ll return to your main  screen.&lt;br /&gt;
One of the best ways to find quality BlackBerry themes is to visit  RIM&#39;s  mobile site, which can be located at mobile.blackberry.com, using  your  BlackBerry browser. (Click the &quot;Fun and Games&quot; icon on the home  page and  then choose &quot;Themes,&quot; to browse the current offerings.) Though  the  selection isn&#39;t exactly wide, RIM&#39;s site can determine the  specific  device you&#39;re using based on browser setting to ensure that  the theme is  compatible with your BlackBerry--and all the themes are  free.&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#39;ve determined your device model and OS version you should  also  make sure that the site you plan to download the theme from has   specified compatibility with your BlackBerry and handheld OS. Always be   sure to obtain your themes from a reputable or trusted source.&lt;br /&gt;
You can download and install new BlackBerry themes wirelessly   (over-the-air), or using RIM&#39;s Desktop Manager Software, which ships   with every new BlackBerry.&lt;br /&gt;
The over-the-air (OTA) download is easiest, as it doesn&#39;t require a  PC  or any additional processes.  To download a theme OTA, visit the  site  from which you want to obtain a theme, and follow the directions  for OTA  downloads, if available.  Such directions will typically call  for you  to enter an e-mail address associated with your BlackBerry so a  message  with the appropriate download link can be sent.  Once you  receive such a  message, open it, click the link and follow the download  instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, like when you download themes OTA from RIM&#39;s site, you   won&#39;t need to enter in an e-mail address; rather, all you&#39;ll need to  do  is click a link and you&#39;ll be transported to a download page. Once  said  page opens, click the &quot;Download&quot; link and wait a minute or so for  your  new theme to download.  When the process is complete, a dialogue  box  appears to let you know, and you&#39;ll then be able to access and  install  the theme via BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Theme&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Downloading new BlackBerry themes using RIM&#39;s Desktop Manger software   can take a bit longer and requires an Internet-connected PC, but the   process is similar to downloading OTA.  First of all, you&#39;ll want to   ensure you have the latest version of Desktop Manager.  To determine   which version you&#39;re current running, open the program, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Help&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;About BlackBerry Desktop Manager&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  A dialogue box will appear to tell you which version you&#39;re using.   Next, surf over on over to &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.blackberry.com/Downloads/entry.do?code=A8BAA56554F96369AB93E4F3BB068C22&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;RIM&#39;s download page&lt;/a&gt;, verify you&#39;ve got the latest  version of the software and download and install it if not.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, download the theme file to your hard drive.  Usually, the file  is  compressed, and you&#39;ll need to &quot;unzip.&quot; After doing so, launch  Desktop  Manager, connect your BlackBerry and open the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Application  Loader&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; component.  When the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Application Loader&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; opens, click on the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Add/Remove Application&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  option.  On the following screen, click &quot;Browse&quot; and then navigate to   the location within your PC where the unzip theme file is stored. The   file you should select will very likely end in an &quot;.alx&quot; extension.&lt;br /&gt;
With the appropriate file selected, click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Open&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  within the dialogue box and the theme will then be discoverable by the   Desktop Manager software.  On the Application Loader screen, scroll  down  until you see the name of the new theme, check the box next to it  if  it&#39;s not already filled, and then hit &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Next&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   The software will then confirm the file is the correct one you wish to  transfer to your device.  Click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Finish&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and the  file will transfer from your PC to the BlackBerry device.&lt;br /&gt;
When the process is complete, you&#39;ll be able to access and install the  theme via BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Theme&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#39;ve downloaded and installed a new BlackBerry theme, you have  a  number of options to further customize your smartphone.  For  instance,  you can move your application icons around to position them  wherever you  like. To do so, scroll over any icon on your application  icon screen,  hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key--located directly  to the left of your trackball--and choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Move&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.   Use the trackball to move the icon into the position you wish and then  click the trackball to make it stay in place.&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, you can also switch out the background image or   wallpaper behind a particular theme, though in some cases doing so may   hurt the aesthetic appeal--think Star Trek icons with no U.S.S.   Enterprise.  To change your BlackBerry wallpaper, simply click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Media &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon on you home screen, scroll to the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pictures&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; section and then highlight the image that you wish to set as your home  screen graphic.  After the image is opened, hit your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key, choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Set As Homescreen Image, &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and then hit either &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;End &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Escape &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a number of times to return to the icon screen.&lt;br /&gt;
You&#39;ll find plenty of free BlackBerry themes available if you do a  bit  of searching--we&#39;ve never paid for a single theme, though we&#39;ve  used  piles of them--but lots of reputable sites also sell themes for  small  fees.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, if you wish to delete a particular theme, simply click on your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; icon, choose &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Advanced Options &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and then &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Applications &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, and highlight the  name of the theme you want to ditch. Next, click your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Menu &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  key, choose delete and confirm that you wish to get  rid of the  selected theme.  When the process is complete, you may need  to reboot  your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Touch Screen Tips and Tricks&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;RIM&#39;s  first touch screen BlackBerry,  the Storm, is also the first RIM  smartphone to run BlackBerry operating  system (OS) version 4.7, which  incorporates a wide variety of new,  touch-based keyboard and device  shortcuts, as well as gesture-based  navigation methods. These 20 tips  and tricks will help you get the most out of your shiny, new Storm--and  its SurePress touch screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;On Key: BlackBerry Storm Keyboard Shortcuts&lt;/h3&gt;The BlackBerry Storm is touch-screen-based, and as such, it lacks a   physical keyboard; however, three types of on-screen, virtual keyboards   are available to users: 1) RIM&#39;s SureType keyboard, which is a QWERTY   keyboard with more than one letter/number on each key (available only in   portrait mode); a multitap keyboard that resembles the keys on a   traditional cell phone (portrait mode); and a full QWERTY like the one   found on your computer keyboard (landscape mode only).&lt;br /&gt;
To switch back and forth between keyboards in portrait mode, simply  click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key whenever a  keyboard is displayed, and click &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Enable Multitap&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Enable SureType.&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-To quickly bring up the Storm&#39;s onscreen keyboard, swipe a finger  upward from the very bottom of the screen to the middle.&lt;br /&gt;
-To quickly hide the Storm&#39;s keyboard, swipe a finger downward from  the  top of the keyboard to the very bottom of the device&#39;s screen.&lt;br /&gt;
-Accented, or &quot;special,&quot; characters can be typed via Storm in both   portrait (vertical) and landscape (horizontal) views.  To enter in a   special character while in portrait or landscape mode, such as an ï,   bring up the on-screen keyboard, depress the &quot;i&quot; key--but don&#39;t click   it--and a number of options appear on screen, one of which is ï.  To   choose that character, simply click it on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
--To activate number lock, bring up the onscreen keyboard and then hold  down the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;123&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  key for about two seconds until  a lock appears on that button.  The  number pad will then stay on screen  until you either hide it or tap the  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;123&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key  again to return to the normal keyboard layout.&lt;br /&gt;
--To activate capital lock, bring up the onscreen keyboard and then hold  down the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Shift/Arrow Up&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  key for about two  seconds until a lock appears on that button.  The  number pad will then  stay on screen until you either hide it or tap the  &quot;Shift/Arrow Up&quot; key  again to return to the normal keyboard layout.&lt;br /&gt;
-To change text input languages, hold the Storm in landscape mode, bring  up the virtual keyboard and click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Globe&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key found directly to the left of the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Space&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key.  Next, scroll to the desired language, highlight it and click the  Storm&#39;s screen to select.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Finding Your Way Around the Storm: Navigation Tips and Tricks&lt;/h3&gt;-To scroll downward in a message or while viewing a Web page, place  your  finger lightly at the bottom of the screen--but don&#39;t click--and  drag  upward.  To scroll down a full screen&#39;s length, slide your finger  up  rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
- To scroll up, place your finger lightly at the top of the  screen--but  don&#39;t click--and drag it down.  To scroll up a full  screen&#39;s length,  slide your finger down rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
-To zoom in on a picture or a Web page, tap the screen lightly   twice--but don&#39;t click it.  (The BlackBerry browser also has zoom in/out   options; two separate magnifying glasses for zooming in and out sit at   the bottom of the browser screen.)  To zoom back out after zooming in,   click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Escape &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key until you  return to the original view.&lt;br /&gt;
-To &quot;pan,&quot; or move around while viewing a web page, hold your finger  on  the display--but again, don&#39;t click--and drag it in the direction  you  wish to move.&lt;br /&gt;
-To quickly switch between active applications from the Storm  home screen, hold the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key  until the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Application Switch &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  ribbon appears  on screen.  Then lightly touch the ribbon and move back  and forth to  scroll between available apps.  To select one, click the  screen when a  specific app is highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
-To jump from the Storm home screen to the main icon screen, put your   finger on the home screen, just above the app dock, and click once.  (You  can also simply hit the BlackBerry Menu key while on the home  screen to  access your icon page.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Text and Messaging Shortcuts for the Storm&lt;/h3&gt;-To copy and paste text from one location to another, lightly touch a   finger to the Storm&#39;s screen at the start of the text you wish to  copy.   Then hold that first finger in place while you touch the end of  the  text with another finger.  The text in between your digits will  then be  selected.  To copy it, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Menu &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key, scroll to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Copy&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and click the screen.   To paste, follow the same instructions but pick &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Paste&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; instead of  &quot;Copy.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-To quickly search your messages for all mailings from a specific  contact, find a message from that contact in your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Messages &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  application and then gently hold a finger on screen directly over the   contact&#39;s name. After a few seconds, all messages from that contact   appear on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
- To quickly search your messages for a specific subject line, or to   track a thread, find a message with the desired subject line in your &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Messages &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  application and then gently hold a finger on screen  directly over the  subject line. After a few seconds, all messages with  that specific  subject appear on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
-To precisely navigate to the middle of a sentence, or even a  specific  word, while typing on the Storm, gently press your finger on  the Storm&#39;s  screen on or around the text or character you wish to edit.   Then, with  your finger on the display, but not clicking it, slide  your finger  around until it&#39;s exactly where you want it and then let  go.  The  specific character or set of characters will then be  highlighted for  easy editing.&lt;br /&gt;
-To delete multiple messages at once via Storm, open your Messages  app  and gently hold a finger on a message near the top of the list you  want  to delete. Keep that finger in place, and then touch another  message  further down the list.  All the messages between your two  fingers will  then be highlighted.  From there, you can click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Delete  Messages &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  key at the bottom or the screen to do away with  the selected messages.  Or you can continue to select older messages by  keeping one finger on  the selected messages and scrolling down.  When  new, unselected  messages appear beneath your current selections, touch  any of them to  select it and all the messages between it and your  previous selections.   Again, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Delete Messages &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key to trash messages when you&#39;re ready. To unselect messages at any  time, click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry Escape &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key.&lt;br /&gt;
-Rapidly scroll through messages by sliding a finger sideway while   reading an e-mail or text.  Slide your finger to the left while in an   open message to skip to newer messages; and slide to the right for older   correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;A Storm of Multimedia: Image and Audio Tips&lt;/h3&gt;-Scroll through images just as you would messages, by sliding a  finger  horizontally across the Storm&#39;s display.  Slide your finger to  the right  while viewing an image to see newer images; and slide to the  left for  older pictures.&lt;br /&gt;
-To zoom in on an image, tap the screen twice--don&#39;t click.  Or you  can  also zoom by clicking the screen one time. Zoom out by hitting the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;BlackBerry  Escape &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; key.&lt;br /&gt;
-To &quot;pan,&quot; or move around while viewing an image, hold your finger on   the display--but again, don&#39;t click--and drag it in the direction you   wish to move.&lt;br /&gt;
-To quickly search your music library for all songs from one specific   artist, find a track by that musician or group in a list of songs, and   then gently hold a finger on screen directly over the musician&#39;s name.   After a few seconds, all songs from that artist appear on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Free Up Device Memory&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Power  users of Research In Motion (RIM) BlackBerry smartphones need all the  device memory they can get. These seven tips can help free up memory and  keep your handheld running as smoothly as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Delete Any Unnecessary/Unused Applications&lt;/h3&gt;The more applications you have on your BlackBerry, the less free  memory  that&#39;s available to you.  New BlackBerrys ship with a wide  variety of  applications that you may not need or even know about.  And  you&#39;ve  probably downloaded a number of third-party apps with good  intentions, then only  used them occasionally if at all.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting unwanted or unused applications is simple, and depending on  how  many you&#39;ve got, it can really improve your device&#39;s performance.&lt;br /&gt;
To delete programs from your BlackBerry, click the Options icon on  the  device&#39;s home screen.  Then scroll all the way to the top of the  list  and select Advanced Options.  When you click Applications inside  this  menu, your device will build a list of all apps on your device.   Scroll  through them and you&#39;ll probably find a number of programs that  you  don&#39;t need.  Delete apps by scrolling over them and hitting your   BlackBerry menu key.  Select Delete and confirm that you want to remove   the app when the dialogue box pops up.&lt;br /&gt;
A few examples of applications you may want to remove are the Help  app,  games like BrickBreaker, the Password Keeper and the BlackBerry   Messenger--if don&#39;t use instant messaging or employ another app, like   AIM for BlackBerry.  (Note: You often need to restart your device for   app deletions to take effect.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Delete Old/Read Messages and Maintain a Tidy Inbox&lt;/h3&gt;Storing old or already-read text, e-mail and PIN messages on your   BlackBerry can take a significant bite out of your device&#39;s available   memory.  Get rid of all that clutter.&lt;br /&gt;
Click your Messages icon on the BlackBerry home screen to open your   messaging application, and then hit the BlackBerry menu key.  Scroll   down the list until you see Options, in the next menu choose General   Options, and then scroll down to Keep Messages.  Set that option to the   smallest number of days/months you can tolerate.  Obviously, the lower   the number of days, the more memory you&#39;ll free over time.  You can  keep  your messages for as long as you want--forever, if you choose--but  15  days is the shortest time period.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also minimize the amount of device memory taken up by  messages  by keeping a tidy inbox.  Don&#39;t let your message counter get  out of  control, if you&#39;ve got 50 or 100 unopened messages that you  already read  on your laptop, get rid of them on your BlackBerry. One  easy way to  delete a bunch of messages without having to go through  each one is to  hold the left or right Shift key while scrolling through  your inbox or  outbox.  This highlights all the messages you scroll  past until you  release Shift.  Then simply hit your BlackBerry Menu key  and select  Delete to get rid of the list.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also delete all messages sent or received before a specific   date.  To do so, scroll down to a date line and hit the BlackBerry Menu   key.  From there, select Delete Prior, and you&#39;ll trash all previous   messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Enable Content Compression:&lt;/h3&gt;BlackBerry content compression is meant to decrease the size of the  data  on your device to take up less memory, and you should take  advantage of  the option.  When enabled, all your device data is  compressed,  including messages, contacts, calendar entries, tasks, and  memos.&lt;br /&gt;
To turn content compression on, click the Options key on your   BlackBerry&#39;s home icon screen, scroll to and select Security Options and   then choose General Settings.  Once inside the General Settings menu,   highlight Content Compression, click your trackball or trackwheel and   choose Enabled.  Then save your changes by exiting the screen via the   Escape key or otherwise and select Save when the Changes Made dialogue   box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Remove Excess Media&lt;/h3&gt;Some newer BlackBerrys, like RIM&#39;s Pearl and Curve devices have  cameras for photos  and media players for watching video and listening  to music.  Some  BlackBerry devices can also capture video, like the  BlackBerry Pearl 8120.  Even RIM devices without  cameras, like the 8700  and 8800 series handhelds, have media players so users  can view images  and video downloaded from websites or sent by friends or  coworkers.   Media files, particularly video files, are quite large and  can do a job  on your device&#39;s available memory.&lt;br /&gt;
If you like to store lots of images, music files or video on your   device, your best bet is to get an external storage card, like a MicroSD   card, so you&#39;re not using internal memory for your media consumption.    It&#39;s also a good idea to do away with any images or video you don&#39;t  want  to keep or other media you don&#39;t use frequently.&lt;br /&gt;
You can delete media files via PC or Mac using the BlackBerry Desktop   Manager software, or you can use your handheld.  To do so using just   your BlackBerry device, click your Media icon on the BlackBerry home   screen and select the type of media files that you wish to delete:   music, videos, ring tones, pictures or voice notes.  Once you&#39;ve   selected a media type, highlight the file that you wish to remove, hit   your BlackBerry menu key, choose Delete and confirm the deletion.    (Note: Some preloaded images or file types can only be removed using the   BlackBerry Desktop Manager software.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Optimize Calendar Appointment Settings&lt;/h3&gt;Like your Messages application, your BlackBerry calendar stores data  on  past appointments, meetings and other events. You can free up some   device memory by reducing the period of time for which the calendar   stores that data.  Depending on whether or not you sync your calendar   with a BlackBerry Enterprise Server (BES) and a corporate  mail client  or frequently enter in meetings and other happenings, you  could see a  noticeable increase in available memory by tweaking your  Calendar app&#39;s  Keep Appointment settings.&lt;br /&gt;
To change those settings, click Calendar on your BlackBerry icon  screen,  hit your BlackBerry Menu key and choose Options.  From there,  scroll  down to Keep Appointments and set the value to the shortest  acceptable  time period.  Again, like your Message app, the shortest  interval is 15  days, but you can also choose to keep appointment  information forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Erase Your Event Log&lt;/h3&gt;BlackBerrys keep a record of the recently run events and processes,   called an Event Log. Your Event Log can come in handy if  you&#39;re  experiencing a problem with your device or a specific application  or  service, because it can be used for troubleshooting.  But storing  all  that information also takes up your BlackBerry memory.&lt;br /&gt;
To access your Event Log, go to your Home Screen, hold down the ALT  key  and then type &quot;LGLG.&quot; To get rid of the list of events, hit the   BlackBerry Menu key while any event is highlighted and then click Clear   Log. A dialogue box will then pop up asking if you&#39;re sure that you  want  to delete the log. Once you confirm the deletion, your log will be   cleared. And don&#39;t worry.  If your IT department is running device   management software along with its BlackBerry Enterprise Server, your   company likely has its own record of this event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Clear Your Browser Cache&lt;/h3&gt;As you surf the Internet, your mobile browser caches various  information from the  sites you visit.  That information has to be  stored somewhere and that  takes valuable device memory.  Depending on  how often you use your  device to access the Web, your cached content  may not take up much  memory, but it&#39;s still a good idea to occasionally  clear that cache.&lt;br /&gt;
You can clear your BlackBerry Browser&#39;s cache by launching the   application and clicking your BlackBerry Menu key.  Choose Options and   then select Cache Options. From there, you can clear your browser&#39;s   content cache, wipe its pushed content and erase your cookie cache.  You   need only click the Clear button next to each option to do so.  After   clicking the button next to content cache, a dialogue box pops up to   notify you that the device is cleaning its memory.  As soon as that box   closes itself, your cache is cleared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use Your RIM Smartphone As a Modem for Your PC&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;As a Tethered Modem&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use your BlackBerry as a tethered modem to connect your computer to  the Web and save yourself countless headaches--and a wad of cash. Follow  these four steps and you may never have to tinker with public Wi-Fi  hotspots in coffee shops, airports or hotels again.&lt;br /&gt;
The first step to connecting your Windows notebook or desktop   computer to the Internet using your BlackBerry smartphone&#39;s data   connection: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.blackberry.com/Downloads/entry.do?code=A8BAA56554F96369AB93E4F3BB068C22&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;download the BlackBerry Desktop Software from RIM&#39;s  website&lt;/a&gt; or the CD that came with your device. You&#39;ll need software  version 4.1 or higher to use your BlackBerry as a tethered modem.&lt;br /&gt;
This software ensures that you&#39;ve got the appropriate drivers to   enable your BlackBerry to use your computer&#39;s USB and virtual COM ports   to upload and download Internet data via dial-up connection.&lt;br /&gt;
If you find that you&#39;re already running an earlier version of   BlackBerry Desktop Manager that doesn&#39;t support tethering, simply &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackberry.com/knowledgecenterpublic/livelink.exe?func=ll&amp;amp;objId=979049&amp;amp;objAction=browse&amp;amp;sort=name&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;download the updated software&lt;/a&gt;  from RIM. You may to  need repair the software after upgrading if the   necessary USB and virtual COM ports can&#39;t be found. To do so, simply   re-install and select the Repair option.&lt;br /&gt;
Now, you will need to create a Web Access Point Name (APN).&lt;br /&gt;
Open up your Windows &lt;strong&gt;Start Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and find your &lt;strong&gt;Control  Panel&lt;/strong&gt;, within your &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt;. Open up your &lt;strong&gt;Phone  and Modem Options&lt;/strong&gt;,  and specify your local area code, carrier  code (if necessary) and  numbers that you may need to dial to access  outside lines. Then choose  whether or not your use a touch tone or pulse  telephone connection and  hit &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
From there, select the &lt;strong&gt;Modems&lt;/strong&gt; tab, highlight &lt;strong&gt;Standard  Modems&lt;/strong&gt; and click the&lt;strong&gt; Properties&lt;/strong&gt; tab beneath  the option. Once the&lt;strong&gt; Properties&lt;/strong&gt; window opens, click on  the &lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; tab at the top of the box and in the &lt;strong&gt;Extra  Initialization Commands&lt;/strong&gt; field type:&lt;em&gt; +cgdcont=1,&quot;IP&quot;,&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Your Internet APN&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: If you don&#39;t know your Internet Access Point Name (APN), you   can contact your wireless carrier&#39;s customer support representatives. Or   you can try to find your APN by clicking the Options icon on your &lt;strong&gt;BlackBerry  Applications&lt;/strong&gt; screen, then &lt;strong&gt;Advanced Options&lt;/strong&gt;,  and &lt;strong&gt;TCP&lt;/strong&gt;.  If the Internet APN name has been saved within  the device, it will be  listed in this menu. A good old Google search  never hurts, either.)&lt;br /&gt;
Click &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; once you&#39;ve filled in the &lt;strong&gt;Extra  Initialization Commands&lt;/strong&gt; field and hit &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; again  when the &lt;strong&gt;Phone and Modem Options&lt;/strong&gt; tab reappears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Windows  XP Configuration Process&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Windows XP users: Open up your Windows &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; menu,  mouse over the &lt;strong&gt;Connect To&lt;/strong&gt; option and then click &lt;strong&gt;Show  All Connections.&lt;/strong&gt; In the &lt;strong&gt;Network Tasks&lt;/strong&gt; box in  the right-hand margin, click &lt;strong&gt;Create a New Connection&lt;/strong&gt; to  launch the &lt;strong&gt;New Connection Wizard&lt;/strong&gt;. From there, click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;,  choose the &lt;strong&gt;Connect to the Internet&lt;/strong&gt; option and hit &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt; again. Pick &lt;strong&gt;Setup My Connection Manually&lt;/strong&gt; and hit &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt; again. Select &lt;strong&gt;Connect Using a Dialup Modem&lt;/strong&gt;, hit &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.  Select the &lt;strong&gt;Standard Modem&lt;/strong&gt; option on the &lt;strong&gt;Select  a Device&lt;/strong&gt; screen, hit &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt; again. Within the &lt;strong&gt;ISP  Name&lt;/strong&gt; box, type a name for your connection (Carrier name, for  example)&amp;nbsp;and once again click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;. In the &lt;strong&gt;Phone  Number&lt;/strong&gt; field type &lt;em&gt;*99#&lt;/em&gt;, and then select whether the  connection is for you alone or for others, as well.&lt;br /&gt;
You&#39;ll then be prompted for the &lt;strong&gt;User Name&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Password&lt;/strong&gt; provided by your wireless carrier upon signing up for the tethered  modem service. (If you don&#39;t know your &lt;strong&gt;User Name&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Password&lt;/strong&gt;,   contact your service provider. Again, performing a Google search might   help, as well) After you&#39;ve filled in the appropriate information,  click  &lt;strong&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt; to close the window and open the &lt;strong&gt;Connect&lt;/strong&gt; window. (Some &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackberryforums.com/blackberry-guides/2019-user-howto-use-blackberry-modem-laptop.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;default User Names and Passwords&lt;/a&gt; can also be found  online.)&lt;br /&gt;
When you&#39;ve successfully created a new connection and the &lt;strong&gt;Connect&lt;/strong&gt; window appears, hit the &lt;strong&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt; tab at the bottom  and ensure that the &lt;strong&gt;Standard Modem&lt;/strong&gt; box is checked and  highlighted. Then choose &lt;strong&gt;Configure&lt;/strong&gt;. Check the &lt;strong&gt;Enable  Hardware Flow Control&lt;/strong&gt; box, make sure none of the other boxes  are checked and then hit OK. When you return to your connection &lt;strong&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt; box, hit &lt;strong&gt;OK &lt;/strong&gt;again.&lt;br /&gt;
Windows  Vista and Windows 7 users: See additional information on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackberry.com/btsc/search.do?cmd=displayKC&amp;amp;docType=kc&amp;amp;externalId=KB05196&amp;amp;sliceId=SAL_Public&amp;amp;dialogID=1114305&amp;amp;stateId=1%200%201132277&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;how to configure connections for Windows Vista&lt;/a&gt; on RIM&#39;s site.&lt;br /&gt;
Attach your BlackBerry smartphone to your computer via the USB sync   cable that came with your device (or a comparable cable) and launch the   BlackBerry Desktop Manager. Open your Windows &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; menu, choose the &lt;strong&gt;Connect To&lt;/strong&gt; option and click the name  of your new &lt;strong&gt;Network Connection&lt;/strong&gt;. Enter your &lt;strong&gt;User  Name&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Password&lt;/strong&gt; if you haven&#39;t saved it,  click &lt;strong&gt;Dial&lt;/strong&gt;, and you&#39;re good to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;As a Bluetooth Modem&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To make sure your PC can locate your BlackBerry&#39;s Bluetooth connection,  you need to set the handheld to be &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Discoverable.&quot; &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;To  do so, simply click the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;icon  on your BlackBerry home screen, scroll to and click on&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bluetooth&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;and hit the BlackBerry &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;key--&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;is located directly to the left of the trackball on 8xxx series  devices. Then choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Options&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;from that menu.  If the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discoverable &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;field isn&#39;t set to &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;,  use the associated dropdown menu to switch the value, hit the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Escape&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt; button--to the right of the trackball--and save your changes when the  menu prompts appears. (Note: You can turn off the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discoverable &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;option at any time after pairing a new device by  repeating these steps and setting the field to &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
Next you need to pair your BlackBerry and the PC. Begin by accessing  the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Windows Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;on your PC. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control  Panel&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;can be found within the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Windows Start  Menu &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Next click on &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bluetooth Devices&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;and then choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the following screen, check the box next to &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;My device  is set up and ready to be found,&quot; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and then hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.   The PC software will attempt to locate your BlackBerry or other   Bluetooth device. If successful and your device is found, click on it to   highlight the selection and hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; again.  (If your computer cannot find the BlackBerry, try switching the  Bluetooth on and off via the device&#39;s &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manage Connections&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;or Bluetooth options screen. Additional &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.jonschneider.com/2008/04/fix-bluetooth-device-not-found-on.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;troubleshooting tips can be found online&lt;/a&gt; and via a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Google search&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;br /&gt;
After you&#39;ve selected the specific BlackBerry you want your PC to  communicate with, check the box next to &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Let me choose my  own passkey&quot; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, type in and record a four-digit number, and  hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  again. Your BlackBerry will then  request the passkey you just entered,  and after you provide it and click  your trackball, the two devices  will be successfully paired.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, complete the pairing process by hitting the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  button in the dialogue box on your PC. When another box appears on your   BlackBerry asking if you want to accept the Bluetooth connection, fill   in the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Don&#39;t ask again&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; box and choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up a new Internet Access Point Name (APN) is the next step in  the process. Open your &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; again,  but this time choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone and Modem Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and click the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Modems&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; tab. From the list of  options on that tab, choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Standard Modem over Bluetooth  Link&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and hit the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; button at the bottom of the window. Once the Properties window opens,  click on the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; tab at the top of the  box and in the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra Initialization Commands&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; field type: +cgdcont=1,&quot;IP&quot;,&quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt; Your Internet APN&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; once you&#39;ve filled in the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra  Initialization Commands&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; field and hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; again when the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone and Modem Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; tab  reappears.&lt;br /&gt;
Open up your Windows &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Start&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; menu, mouse over  the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Connect To&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; option and then click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show  All Connections. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;Then click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bluetooth DUN  Connections&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.  In that window, click the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Networking&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tab, highlight &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and  again choose &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. A new window will  appear, in which you should click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. In  that new window, hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and make sure  the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use IP Compression Box&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is blank. Then hit  OK and all windows will close.&lt;br /&gt;
Again, launch your Windows &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Start&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; menu,  highlight the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Connect To&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; option and then click  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show All Connections&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. In the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Network  Tasks &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;box in the right-hand margin, click&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt; Create a New Connection &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;to launch the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New  Connection Wizard &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Then click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;,  choose the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Connect to the Internet option &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and  hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;again. Pick &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Setup My  Connection Manually&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;again.  Select &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Connect Using a Dialup Modem &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, and hit  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Select only the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Standard  Modem over Bluetooth Link &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;option and on the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select  a Device &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;screen, check the box next to &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Modem  -- Standard Modem &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and hit &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;again.  Leave the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ISP Name &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;box blank and once again  click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. In the Phone Number field type one  of the following options, depending on which wireless technology your  phone employs:&lt;br /&gt;
You&#39;ll then be prompted for the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;User Name &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Password &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;provided by your wireless carrier upon signing up for the  tethered modem service. (If you don&#39;t know your &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;User Name &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;or  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Password &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, contact your service provider.  Performing a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cio.com/article/409064/subject/Google+Inc.&quot; title=&quot;More stories related to Google Inc.&quot;&gt;Google&lt;/a&gt; search might help, as well. Some default &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;User Names &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Passwords &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;can  also be found online. And some  carriers do not require this  information.) After you&#39;ve filled in the  appropriate data, click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Finish &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;to close the  window.&lt;br /&gt;
From your &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Network Connections &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;screen, click  the &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name of Your New Connection &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, type in your  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;User Name &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Password &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;,  if required, and click &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dial &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.  You&#39;ll be up  and running in no time. (If you experience problems  connecting for the  first time, make sure the BlackBerry is linked to  the PC via  Bluetooth--see step two--close out any applications that may  be running  on the device and deactivate any Ethernet connections to  your PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;PC World Team&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/ultimate-blackberry-phone-tips-and.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-7024711106464464884</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:47:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:47:15.258-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">PC</category><title>How to Fix Your Friends&#39;s PC Problems</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Become a Super Tech Support Guy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt; When the phone rings in my house,  there&#39;s a 50/50 chance it&#39;s a call  for help--tech help. Maybe it&#39;s my  sister trying to figure out why her  wireless mouse no longer works.  Maybe it&#39;s Dad wanting to know why  virus warnings keep popping up on his  desktop. (Uh, oh.) Or it could be  Aunt Judy looking for the file  attachment she knows she saved--but  doesn&#39;t know where.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/187517-techsupporttn_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Sound  familiar? The curse of being even a little  tech-savvy is that you  automatically get elected Tech Support for  friends, family members, and  maybe even your coworkers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;It can be a heavy burden to bear, as the interruptions always seem  to come right when you&#39;re watching the final episodes of &lt;em&gt;Lost&lt;/em&gt; or smack in the middle of an Xbox smackdown. I mean, &lt;em&gt;working&lt;/em&gt;.  They always come when you&#39;re working.&lt;br /&gt;
Still, these are people you care about (or at least, tolerate), and   surely it&#39;s a compliment that they look to you as the brains of the   outfit. So wear your Computer Repairman badge with honor, and follow   these tips to deal with common problems as quickly and painlessly as   possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Patience Is a Virtue&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=193811&amp;amp;page=1&amp;amp;zoomIdx=1&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;How you feel when your printer won&#39;t print. (Click for larger  image.)&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/news/graphics/192311-printer-hell_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;How you feel when your printer won&#39;t print. (Click for  larger image.)&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;More  often than not, the person you&#39;re  dealing with will be frustrated,  exasperated, and possibly downright  angry. (Just like you are when your  printer won&#39;t print.)&lt;br /&gt;
The key here is to be as understanding as possible. Start by   assuring the person that whatever happened isn&#39;t his or her fault, that   these kinds of things happen &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; the time, to &lt;em&gt;everybody&lt;/em&gt;,  and that the problem, whatever it is, is just par for the computing  course.&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, be patient. Let him vent. Give her a shoulder to  cry  on. Then get down to business. They&#39;ll feel better, and you&#39;ll be  able  to work without so much yelling and/or sobbing over your shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;You&#39;re Not Superman&lt;/h2&gt;When it comes to troubleshooting other people&#39;s PCs, think like a   physician: &quot;First, do no harm.&quot; Before you start deleting drivers,   installing utilities, or replacing power supplies, ask yourself if this   is a problem you really know how to solve. It&#39;s great to be the hero,   but the last thing you want to do is make things worse. Know your   limits, and know when it&#39;s time to call in professional help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start With the Obvious:  Undo, Reset, Reboot&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Tech remedies that seem elementary and obvious to you might be   totally foreign to your &quot;clients,&quot; so before you roll up your sleeves   too far, start with some everyday troubleshooting maneuvers.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, I can&#39;t tell you how many times I&#39;ve gotten this   panicky call: &quot;I was typing along in Word and all of a sudden my entire   document disappeared!&quot; Crazy, right?&lt;br /&gt;
Not really: This is often the result of accidental selection of all  the document&#39;s text, either from pressing &lt;strong&gt;Ctrl-A&lt;/strong&gt; (the &lt;em&gt;Select  All&lt;/em&gt; command) or an errant brush of a laptop&#39;s touchpad, followed  by additional typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=193811&amp;amp;page=1&amp;amp;zoomIdx=2&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Undo is your friend. (Click for larger image.)&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/193811-undo-menu_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;Undo is  your friend. (Click for larger image.)&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Consider this a  teachable moment: &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Ctrl-Z&lt;/strong&gt; is your friend.&quot; That&#39;s the &lt;em&gt;Undo&lt;/em&gt;  command in just about every modern application, from Adobe Photoshop to   Microsoft Word, and it reverses your most recent action.&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, many programs support multiple levels of Undo, meaning  your first press of &lt;strong&gt;Ctrl-Z&lt;/strong&gt; reverses the last action,  the next press reverses the one before that, and so on. It&#39;s like going  back in time step-by-step.&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose the problem is a sluggish or unavailable Internet   connection. Computer neophytes love to blame the situation on viruses,   but if you see no other evidence to support that, start with the   obvious: resetting the modem and/or router. In my experience, that   simple step solves the problem more often than not.&lt;br /&gt;
And speaking of resets, don&#39;t forget one of the best  problem-solvers  of all: rebooting the PC. When a program won&#39;t run, a  printer won&#39;t  print, or some other mysterious glitch appears out of  nowhere, a reboot  will frequently do the trick. Not always, but it&#39;s  definitely worth a  try. Same goes for the phone, iPod, printer, GPS, and  other gadgets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Take (Remote) Control of Their PC&lt;/h2&gt;Trying to troubleshoot a computer problem over the phone is like   trying to tie someone else&#39;s shoelaces--when that someone is in a   different house. It&#39;s a maddeningly slow, often fruitless process, one   that usually unfolds like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Okay, open up the Control Panel.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Where&#39;s the Control Panel?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;In the Start menu.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Where&#39;s that?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;The Start menu. You know, the Start button?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Oh, that. So I should click that?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Yes.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Okay, then what?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Open the Control Panel.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Where&#39;s the Control Panel?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Look for the thing that says &#39;Control Panel.&#39;&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;I don&#39;t see it.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Fortunately, an easy way to avoid this special kind of hell is to   use remote-control software. As long as their Internet connection is   working, such software lets your PC take control of the other person&#39;s   PC, interacting with their system just as though you were actually   sitting in front of it. It&#39;s a lifesaver and a sanity-saver--and it   won&#39;t cost either person a penny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Share your screen with LogMeIn Express.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/193811-lmi_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/downloads/file/fid,74447-order,4-page,1/download.html&quot;&gt;CrossLoop  Free&lt;/a&gt; (Windows), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/downloads/file/fid,83369/description.html&quot;&gt;LogMeIn  Express&lt;/a&gt; (Windows), and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/article/191175/teamviewer_brings_its_remote_control_offering_to_app_store.html&quot;&gt;TeamViewer&lt;/a&gt;  (Windows and Mac OS X) are among the free tools that make this remote   control (which is also known as screen sharing) possible.&lt;br /&gt;
I&#39;m partial to LogMeIn Express, if only because it&#39;s the easiest of   the three for the other user--the person needing help--to deploy. Here   are the exact over-the-phone instructions you&#39;d give that person:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Google &quot;LogMeIn Express,&quot; then click the first link that  appears.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the blue &lt;em&gt;Share&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;
3. When a pop-up box appears, click the &lt;em&gt;Run&lt;/em&gt; button.  (Firefox users may need to save the &lt;em&gt;LogMeInExpress.exe&lt;/em&gt; file,  then run it manually.)&lt;br /&gt;
4. Read off the nine-digit code that appears in the LogMeIn Express  box.&lt;br /&gt;
At your end, fire up your browser, visit the aforementioned LogMeIn  Express site, and type the code into the &lt;em&gt;View Another Screen&lt;/em&gt; field. Click &lt;em&gt;View&lt;/em&gt;,  and in a few seconds you should have total  control over the other  person&#39;s system. Now you can poke around, see  what&#39;s happening, and,  hopefully, fix whatever needs fixing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Don&#39;t Forget The Flash Drive&lt;/h2&gt;If you can&#39;t make any headway via remote control--a definite   possibility if the problem is a malware infection, a finicky printer, or   the like--it may be time for an in-person visit. But unlike a  repairman  out to fix a busted dishwasher, you don&#39;t need a big, heavy  toolbox to  deal with most computer-related issues. The only &quot;hammer&quot;  required is a  flash drive.&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically, a flash drive (I recommend one with at least 2GB of   storage space) equipped with file-recovery utilities, malware-fighting   software, system-diagnostic programs, and other so-called portable apps   that can run directly from the drive, no installation required. It&#39;s   like a multitool for PCs, one you assemble yourself with the   applications you like best.&lt;br /&gt;
Or, if you prefer, the ones I like best. I never go on a repair  call without the following flash-drive freebies:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/downloads/file/fid,82967/description.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;CCleaner  Portable&lt;/a&gt;  Not so much a problem solver as a system tuner, CCleaner  cleans up the  Registry, eliminates temporary files, and just generally  gives Windows  a good scrubbing. It &lt;em&gt;may&lt;/em&gt; help a slow PC run  faster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.voidtools.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Everything   Portable&lt;/a&gt; Sometimes the only problem is a missing file. The  Everything search engine makes quick work of finding files and folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Recover files with Recuva Portable. (Click for full-size image.)&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/193811-recuva_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;Recover files with Recuva Portable. (Click for full-size image.)&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/downloads/file/fid,82979/description.html&quot;&gt;Recuva  Portable&lt;/a&gt;  Virus, drive glitch, user error--who cares how the files  got deleted?  The point is to get them back. With this free tool, your  chances of  &quot;Recuva-ry&quot; are about as good as they get. And because you  run it from  your flash drive, it reduces the chances of the lost file(s)  getting  overwritten on the hard drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.superantispyware.com/portablescanner.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SUPERAntiSpyware&lt;/a&gt;  A few months ago, the so-called  AntiVirus Live virus started  bombarding PCs with scary, real-looking  security warnings and  masquerading as a program--Antivirus Live--that  would protect and  repair them. SUPERAntiSpyware (which sounds like one  of the fake  programs it promises to remove) can rid a PC of that and  other  pernicious infections. (Click on the thumbnail below.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=193811&amp;amp;page=2&amp;amp;zoomIdx=2&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Clean out a PC with SUPERAntiSpyware. (Click for full-size  image.)&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/193811-superantispyware_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;Clean out a PC with SUPERAntiSpyware. (Click for  full-size image.)&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You can find hundreds more portable apps  at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pendriveapps.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Pendriveapps.com&lt;/a&gt;.   Of course, most of these tools have one common requirement: Windows.   But what happens if Windows won&#39;t boot or keeps crashing? This could be   the result of corrupted system files, a major malware infestation, or   even a failing hard drive. In any case, Windows-powered utilities won&#39;t   do you much good. You&#39;re going to need a stronger solution.&lt;br /&gt;
Like Linux. You can install an entire Linux operating system on  your  flash drive and make that drive bootable, meaning it&#39;ll load the OS   without making any changes to your PC. That&#39;s one effective way to   rescue files and data that are otherwise trapped inside a busted   Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, if you&#39;re just trying to clear out some stubborn  viruses, try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.avg.com/us-en/avg-rescue-cd&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;AVG  Rescue CD&lt;/a&gt;.  True to its name, this free antivirus utility was  designed for  bootable CDs--but a flash-drive  version that works just as well is also  available. It boots into a  specialized Linux environment that can scan  for and remove infections  within Windows. It also features a Registry  editor, a file-recovery  tool, and a file browser, among other helpers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Share Your Resources&lt;/h2&gt;What&#39;s the best defense against technology problems of all kinds?   Education, of course. Consequently, when you come across particularly   helpful articles, how-to guides, and the like--you know, the kind packed   in &lt;em&gt;PCWorld&lt;/em&gt; and on PCWorld.com--share them with your family,   friends, and colleagues. The more they know, the better prepared they&#39;ll   be when trouble strikes--and all the less likely to call you during   dinner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Rick Broida&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-fix-your-friendss-pc-problems.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-2456507994020620665</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:43:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:43:12.386-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOUSE</category><title>Do More with the Middle Mouse Button</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Supercharge the Middle Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/Middle-Mouse%20180_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;Take  a close look at your mouse. Chances are  good it has at least  three  buttons: left, right, and middle. (Note:  Your middle button might  be  your scroll wheel, which on most mice is  clickable.) I thought I&#39;d home  in on  the middle button.&lt;br /&gt;
Why would I want to do that? Well, I just took an informal poll of    about ten people, and guess how many of them actually use that middle    button? A grand total of one. One! People, people, people...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Close Browser Tabs Quickly&lt;/h2&gt;First up: browser tabs. I routinely have 10-15 tabs open in my    browser at any given time. If I want to close a tab, I have to click it,    then click the little X that appears on the tab. That&#39;s one more  click   than I prefer, and it brings into focus a tab I&#39;m planning to  close.   Crazy, right?&lt;br /&gt;
If you middle-click any tab in Mozilla Firefox or Microsoft  Internet   Explorer, boom, it&#39;s gone. No need to make it visible first; no  need   to reach for the X. Just middle-click, boom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Open Links in New Tabs&lt;/h2&gt;When you middle-click a link in Google Chrome, Firefox, or Internet    Explorer (not sure about Opera, but I&#39;m guessing so), that link opens    immediately in a new tab.&lt;br /&gt;
Incidentally, you can accomplish the same thing by holding down the    Ctrl key and left-clicking a link. But why bother with that when you    can just as easily click the middle mouse button?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Open All Your Oft-Used Sites&lt;/h2&gt;Let&#39;s say that you use Firefox or Internet Explorer and you&#39;ve    organized a handful of favorite sites--you know, the ones you visit    daily--into a folder. Smart move.&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#39;s an even smarter one: You can instantly open every link in a    folder, each in its own tab, by middle-clicking that folder.&lt;br /&gt;
This works regardless of where the folder is located: your  bookmarks   toolbar, your navigation toolbar, even a pull-down menu. One    middle-click of a folder and presto: every link therein opens in a new    tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Scroll In Your Docs&lt;/h2&gt;Have you ever wondered what happens when you click and hold the    middle mouse button? Glad you asked. This action activates a handy    page-scrolling option in applications like Microsoft Word and Excel,    Adobe Reader, Firefox, and Internet Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, when you click and hold the middle mouse button,  you   can then drag your mouse forward or back to scroll up or down the    page, respectively. This feature is intended for folks who don&#39;t have a    scroll wheel, but it works just as well with scroll wheels--and I know    many people who prefer the speed of middle-click scrolling to the  slow,   steady pace of wheel scrolling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Customize Your Scroll Speed&lt;/h2&gt;After the mouse itself, the mouse wheel is the single greatest    navigation tool ever invented. Mine is spinning constantly, especially    in Firefox, where I use it to zip up and down Web pages.&lt;br /&gt;
By default, however, one &quot;turn&quot; of the mouse wheel scrolls only a    few lines at a time--and I want to move faster. Fortunately, there&#39;s a    fairly easy way to adjust Firefox&#39;s scroll speed. Even better, there&#39;s a    keyboard shortcut that can slow it down again for &quot;precision&quot;    scrolling.&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#39;s how to change the default scroll speed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open Firefox, then type &lt;strong&gt;about:config&lt;/strong&gt; in the  address bar and  hit Enter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In the Filter box, type &lt;strong&gt;mousewheel.withnokey&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Right-click &lt;em&gt;mousewheel.withnokey.sysnumlines&lt;/em&gt; and then  click &lt;em&gt;Toggle&lt;/em&gt;.  This should set the value to False.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Right-click &lt;em&gt;mousewheel.withnokey.numlines&lt;/em&gt; and then click  &lt;em&gt;Modify&lt;/em&gt;.   Bump the value to 6 or so, click OK, and then switch  to another tab  to  see if you like the scroll speed. (Thankfully, you  don&#39;t have to   restart Firefox every time you make a change.) If not,  experiment a bit   until you find a number you like.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Quickly Open Web Links&lt;/h2&gt;Specifically, when you middle-click a link in Chrome, Firefox, or    Internet Explorer (not sure about Opera, but I&#39;m guessing so), that link    opens immediately in a new tab.&lt;br /&gt;
Incidentally, you can accomplish the same thing by holding down the  &lt;em&gt;CTRL&lt;/em&gt; key and left-clicking a link. But why bother with that  extra half-step  when you can just as easily click Middy?&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re a Firefox or Internet Explorer user and regularly organize   your favorite sites--you know, the ones you  visit daily--into a  folder,  then here&#39;s an even smarter one: You can instantly open every  link in a   folder, each in its own tab, but middle-clicking that  folder.&lt;br /&gt;
This works regardless of where the folder is located: your  bookmarks   toolbar, your navigation toolbar, even a pull-down menu. One    middle-click of a folder and presto: every link therein opens in a new    tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Instant Scrolling&lt;/h2&gt;Ever wonder what happens when you click and hold the middle mouse    button? Glad you asked. This action activates a handy page-scrolling    option in applications like Word, Excel, Adobe Reader, Firefox, and    Internet Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, when you click and hold the middle mouse button,  you   can then drag your mouse forward or back to scroll up or down the    page, respectively. This feature is intended for folks who don&#39;t have a    scroll wheel, but it works just as well with scroll wheels--and I know    many people who prefer the speed of middle-click scrolling to the  slow,   steady pace of wheel scrolling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Rick Broida&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/do-more-with-middle-mouse-button.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-3598814799740577264</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:39:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:39:21.263-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOBILE</category><title>Use Your Cell Phone as a Wireless Modem</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/04/2010/phonemodem_main.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/04/2010/phonemodem_main.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;font-size: 24px; font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone as a Modem&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;Phone Web browsers  and apps can handle many of your on-the-go Internet  needs, but  sometimes you have to use a laptop. What do you do if no  Wi-Fi hotspot  is in range? That&#39;s when tethering--sharing your  smartphone&#39;s 3G  Internet connection with your laptop via USB or  Bluetooth--can be a  lifeline to the Internet. However, not all wireless  carriers officially  support it, and, depending on your mobile plan, you  could get slapped  with some exorbitant data charges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Check With Your Carrier&lt;/h2&gt;Your tethering options depend on your smartphone platform and on   your carrier&#39;s support--which is important, because if you decide to try   it on an unsupported combination, you could be billed extra for your   usage or have your service terminated.&lt;br /&gt;
If your carrier doesn&#39;t support tethering, you can probably still do it  with &lt;a href=&quot;http://junefabrics.com/index.php&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;PdaNet&lt;/a&gt;  (basic version is free), an app by June  Fabrics Technology that lets  you tether your iPhone, BlackBerry,  Android, or Windows Mobile  smartphone regardless of your carrier. Just  hope that your carrier  doesn&#39;t notice--if your provider monitors your  traffic and discovers  that your usage patterns don&#39;t resemble those of a  typical smartphone  user (BitTorrent usage, for example), it could  charge you extra or  suspend your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How to Tether Your Phone&lt;/h2&gt;If your carrier has a supported tethering option, it should supply   instructions for linking your smartphone and your computer. PdaNet  users, on the other  hand, have to perform most of the setup themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
iPhone users will have to start by jailbreaking  their iPhone and downloading the PdaNet iPhone app from &lt;a href=&quot;http://cydia.saurik.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Cydia&lt;/a&gt;. After that,  you can choose to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.junefabrics.com/iphone/wifi_setup.php&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tether  with your laptop&#39;s Wi-Fi&lt;/a&gt; or tether through USB. If you want to  tether through USB, you&#39;ll have to download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.junefabrics.com/desktop/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;PdaNet  Desktop&lt;/a&gt; client onto your laptop (note that this won&#39;t work if you  don&#39;t have&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/download/itunes&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt; iTunes&lt;/a&gt; installed) and open the PdaNet app on your iPhone to  start sharing your Internet connection. Don&#39;t forget to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/article/181957/secure_your_jailbroken_iphone_with_a_password_change.html&quot;&gt;secure  your jailbroken iPhone&lt;/a&gt;, or you might &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/businesscenter/article/182893/how_to_deworm_your_iphone.html&quot;&gt;catch  a worm&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
BlackBerry users need to point their smartphones to &lt;a href=&quot;http://junefabrics.com/bb&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://junefabrics.com/bb&lt;/a&gt;  to download the latest version of the PdaNet app, as well as to make   sure that their laptops have BlackBerry Desktop software as well as   PdaNet&#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.junefabrics.com/bin/PdaNetBB120.exe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;BlackBerry Desktop&lt;/a&gt;  app installed. Once everything is  installed on both ends, just open  the PdaNet app on the BlackBerry,  turn on USB or Bluetooth, and open  the PdaNet Desktop app on your PC to  start tethering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;54&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/185338-android160_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; width=&quot;54&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Android users have an easy time of it. All you should  have to do is download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://junefabrics.com/android/download.php&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Android  PdaNet app&lt;/a&gt; to your PC, install it, and connect your Android handset  via USB or Bluetooth to start tethering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Strip Your Sites&lt;/h2&gt;&quot;But I&#39;m paying for &lt;em&gt;unlimited &lt;/em&gt;data on my smartphone&#39;s data   plan,&quot; you say. &quot;Why should I pay extra for tethering, or have to buy a   separate data plan with a 5GB cap?&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The unfortunate reality is that cellular carriers don&#39;t want you to   use unlimited data on a laptop, because computers readily engage in   more bandwidth-heavy activities (like streaming HD video or downloading   large files over peer-to-peer networks) than cell phones do, which puts   more strain  on the providers&#39; networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you&#39;re paying for the supported tethering plan or flying   under the radar with PdaNet, you&#39;ll want to keep your bandwidth usage   low and avoid incurring overage fees or attracting the attention of your   carrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Google Mobile&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/185338-googlemobile_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;Google Mobile&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You  can start by  pointing your browser to the mobile versions of Websites,  which are  already optimized for a low-bandwidth cellular connection.  More often  than not, you can find the alternate version simply by  typing in &lt;strong&gt;m.sitename.com&lt;/strong&gt; instead of &lt;strong&gt;www.sitename.com&lt;/strong&gt;--mobile &lt;a href=&quot;http://m.twitter.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Twitter&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://m.facebook.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Facebook&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://m.gmail.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Gmail&lt;/a&gt;, for example, all  give you the core functions for less kilobytes.&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, you can just turn images off in your browser of  choice. In Firefox, go to the &lt;em&gt;Tools&lt;/em&gt; menu, pick &lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;,  click the &lt;em&gt;Content&lt;/em&gt; tab, and uncheck &lt;em&gt;Load Images  Automatically&lt;/em&gt;. For Internet Explorer, go to &lt;em&gt;Tools, &lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;Internet  Options&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;, then scroll down to Multimedia and  uncheck &lt;em&gt;Show Pictures&lt;/em&gt;. In Safari, open the &lt;em&gt;Preferences&lt;/em&gt; menu option from the Gear icon in the upper right, click the &lt;em&gt;Appearance&lt;/em&gt; tab, and uncheck &lt;em&gt;Display images when the page opens&lt;/em&gt;. For  Google Chrome, you&#39;ll have to make a shortcut to the app, open its  Properties, and in the Target field paste the text &lt;strong&gt;--disable-images&lt;/strong&gt; at the end of the file path.&lt;br /&gt;
Flash apps are great for making the Web look pretty, but they&#39;re   also bandwidth-heavy, and more often than not you&#39;ll be wasting your 5GB   cap on attractive advertisements. Download &lt;a href=&quot;https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/748&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Greasemonkey&lt;/a&gt; (for Firefox), an add-on that lets you install user-created scripts,  and grab a Flash-blocking script so that you can choose which  Flash functions to load. If you don&#39;t want to use Firefox, read PCWorld.com  advice on how  to set up Greasemonkey-like functions for your browser of choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Keep Your Routine Lean&lt;/h2&gt;Even the most fervent Facebooker probably won&#39;t exceed a 5GB   bandwidth cap without streaming videos or picking a few big downloads.   Here&#39;s how you can keep the rest of your Web routine lean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Mobile YouTube&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/185338-mobileyoutube_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;Mobile YouTube&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Don&#39;t stream  video or audio. If you absolutely must watch a YouTube video, use  YouTube&#39;s mobile-optimized  Website to find the video you want, and then right-click on the &lt;em&gt;Watch  This Video&lt;/em&gt; link (it should start with &lt;em&gt;rtsp://&lt;/em&gt;) and open  it in VLC with the &lt;em&gt;Open Network Stream&lt;/em&gt;  option. The result will be much,  much lower quality than YouTube&#39;s  standard or HD video resolution, and  much more bandwidth-friendly as a  result.&lt;br /&gt;
Watch out for background apps that are used to having an   all-you-can-eat broadband connection at your home or office. For   example, opening iTunes will prompt it to start downloading any   subscribed podcasts you might have missed, and if Windows Update is set   to download automatically, it will start grabbing the latest Windows   patch.&lt;br /&gt;
A few megabytes here and there isn&#39;t a big deal; but if you   subscribe to lots of video podcasts, you&#39;ll probably want to keep it   down. RSS readers and e-mail clients, on the other hand, will probably   save you bandwidth by pulling down the data you want to read in a more   streamlined form.&lt;br /&gt;
You won&#39;t be able to fit any big downloads in that 5GB limit  without  drastically cutting down on your browsing activity. If you have   another PC at home, however, you can configure uTorrent to open a  Web interface  that lets you control the machine remotely; as a  result, when you get  home, your favorite (legally obtained) TV shows  will be ready to watch  without having eaten up your mobile broadband.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Patrick Miller&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/use-your-cell-phone-as-wireless-modem.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-4722001546204733650</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:36:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:36:13.309-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">PC</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">WINDOWS 7</category><title>Automate Multimedia Tasks in Your PC</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;            &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2010/Automate_Multi-media_Main.png&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2010/Automate_Multi-media_Main.png&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Automate Your PC&#39;s Media Library&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt; Using your PC to store your photos,  videos, and music might save you  the trouble of having to dust off photo  albums and alphabetize your CD  collection, but it can still be a pain  to keep your media converted,  stored, tagged, and uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#39;s how to automatically download, convert, and sync your video   files, dump your photos to Flickr, and take the pain out of tagging your   music library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Automatically Convert Your Videos  (and Sync)&lt;/h2&gt;Built-in Webcams, phone cameras, pocket camcorders, HD video on   point-and-shoot cameras--you can take a video with pretty much any   gadget lying within arm&#39;s reach.  However, depending on what you plan on   &lt;em&gt;doing&lt;/em&gt; with those videos, you&#39;ll need to convert them into  different formats, which can be a fairly time-consuming task for your  PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;If you just need to  convert a folder of videos into a certain format (to play on your iPod  Touch, for example), Videora  iPod Converter  can do this basic task.  Select the setting  recommended for your  device, play around with the quality sliders as you  see fit, and click  the &lt;em&gt;One-Click Convert&lt;/em&gt; button at the  bottom-right of the screen to bring up a dialog box that will let you  drag to select as many files as you want.&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, some of Videora Converter&#39;s more advanced features   don&#39;t work well. While it&#39;s possible to tell Videora to watch a certain   directory for new files, automatically convert them, and add them to   iTunes, I couldn&#39;t get the directory-watching to work at all, and the   iTunes-adding seemed to work infrequently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/195367-handbrake_original.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Handbrake--click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/195367-handbrake_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;Handbrake--click for  full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;I  wanted my PC to find the new videos,  convert them, and sync them to my  iPod Touch without requiring me to do  anything, which meant I needed  to switch tools. Instead of Videora, I  opted to use Handbrake,  another popular video conversion app.&lt;br /&gt;
Handbrake doesn&#39;t make it easy to set up an automatic batch   conversion from the graphical user interface (you have to manually add   each item), but it does include a separate command-line app that we can   work with.&lt;br /&gt;
Dust off your DOS skills, ladies and gentlemen--we&#39;re going to  write  a quick batch file (.bat) that will tell our PC to take all the  files  in the immediate folder (or any nested folders), pass them off to   Handbrake to convert into an iPod-friendly format, name them   (&quot;filename-ipod.mp4&quot;), and then hand them off to iTunes, which will add   them to the iTunes library and sync with my attached iPod.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/195367-alertandconvert_original.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Alert and Convert--click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/195367-alertandconvert_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;Alert and  Convert--click for full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;An app called Alert  and Convert  that works with Handbrake tries to do the same thing as  the batch file  described here, but I wasn&#39;t able to get it to work 100  percent of the  time.&lt;br /&gt;
So we&#39;ve posted a  batch-file template in the PCWorld Downloads library, called Automatic  Batch Video Conversion.&lt;em&gt; Note that batch files can do lots of  things to your PC&lt;/em&gt;, and if you&#39;re not careful you might be  converting a &lt;em&gt;lot&lt;/em&gt; of videos.&lt;br /&gt;
Right-click on the &lt;em&gt;convertvideotemplate.bat&lt;/em&gt; file and  select &lt;em&gt;Edit&lt;/em&gt; to open it up in Notepad. You should see this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@for /r %%F in (*.&lt;strong&gt;[filetype]&lt;/strong&gt;, *.&lt;strong&gt;[filetype]&lt;/strong&gt;)  do (&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;&lt;strong&gt;[location of handbrake CLI]&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; -i &quot;%%F&quot; -o  &quot;%%~pnF-ipod.mp4&quot; --preset=&quot;&lt;strong&gt;iPhone &amp;amp; iPod Touch&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; &lt;br /&gt;
move /-y &quot;%%F&quot; &quot;&lt;strong&gt;[location of processed videos dir]&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;) &lt;br /&gt;
@for  /r %%X in (*ipod.mp4) do &lt;br /&gt;
(move /-y &quot;%%X&quot; &quot;&lt;strong&gt;[location of  Automatically Add To iTunes folder]&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;) &lt;br /&gt;
start &quot;&quot; &quot;&lt;strong&gt;[Location  of iTunes app]&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; &lt;br /&gt;
pause&lt;br /&gt;
In order to adapt this batch file to work on your PC, you&#39;re going   to need to fill out each of the bracketed expressions with your own   information: For &lt;strong&gt;[filetype]&lt;/strong&gt;, put the three-letter  suffix of the kinds of files you want Handbrake to process. If I put in &lt;strong&gt;(*.mp4,  *.flv, *.3gp, *.avi)&lt;/strong&gt;, that means Handbrake will look for all  MPEG-4, Flash Layer Video, 3GP, and AVI files.&lt;br /&gt;
For &lt;strong&gt;[Location  of Handbrake CLI]&lt;/strong&gt;, you&#39;ll need the  path to the Handbrake CLI  app. It&#39;s typically in the same folder as the  Handbrake GUI app, so just  right-click on the Handbrake icon in your  Start Menu and copy the  location. You should end up with something like  &quot;C:\Program  Files\Handbrake\HandBrakeCLI.exe&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re converting your video to something other than an iPod  Touch/iPhone format, you&#39;ll want to replace the &lt;em&gt;--preset=&quot;iPhone  &amp;amp; iPod Touch&quot;&lt;/em&gt; with a different set of encoding instructions.  Here&#39;s a list of Handbrake&#39;s different preset encodes.&lt;br /&gt;
We want to put the original files somewhere else once they&#39;re done   being processed, or else this script will convert them again on the next   go-round. I made a folder on my desktop called &quot;Processed Videos&quot; and   pasted that into the &lt;strong&gt;[location of processed videos dir]&lt;/strong&gt; section.&lt;br /&gt;
iTunes 9 and later has a folder called Automatically Add To iTunes;   we&#39;ll use this folder to add our new movies to the iTunes Library. You   can find it by going into your User folder and selecting &lt;em&gt;Music,  iTunes, iTunes Media, Automatically Add To iTunes.&lt;/em&gt; Copy this file  path into the &lt;strong&gt;[location of Automatically Add To iTunes folder].&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, find the path to the iTunes application itself--typically  &quot;C:\Program Files\iTunes\iTunes.exe&quot;--and paste that in the &lt;strong&gt;[Location  of iTunes app]&lt;/strong&gt; spot. Assuming your iPod Touch is synced to  your PC, iTunes should automatically sync on launch.&lt;br /&gt;
Once completed, your script should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
@for /r %%F in (*.mp4, *.flv, *.3gp, *.avi) do (&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;C:\Program  Files\HandBrake\HandBrakeCLI.exe&quot; -i &quot;%%F&quot; -o &quot;%%~pnF-ipod.mp4&quot;  --preset=&quot;iPhone &amp;amp;amp;amp;amp; iPod Touch&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
move /-y &quot;%%F&quot;  &quot;C:\Users\pmiller.PCWORLD\Desktop\Processed Videos&quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
@for /r %%X in  (*ipod.mp4) do &lt;br /&gt;
(move /-y &quot;%%X&quot;  &quot;C:\Users\pmiller.PCWORLD\Music\iTunes\iTunes Media\Automatically Add to  iTunes&quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
start &quot;&quot; &quot;C:\Program Files\iTunes\iTunes.exe&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
pause&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we have a script that will grab all the videos of a certain   type, pass them off to Handbrake, and add them to iTunes when they&#39;re   done--try and run it with some sample files if you haven&#39;t already. &lt;em&gt;Make  sure to put the script in the directory you want it to watch for new  videos before proceeding any further.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, we just need to get it to run automatically. Enter Windows  Task Scheduler, which you can find in &lt;em&gt;Control Panel, Administrative  Tools, Task Scheduler.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start by clicking &lt;em&gt;Create Basic Task&lt;/em&gt; on the right-hand  side. Give it a quick name and description, click &lt;em&gt;Next&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;,&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;and  specify how often you want this task to run--we&#39;ll say  Daily--and a  time you want it to run (ideally a time when you&#39;re not  using the  computer, so you don&#39;t have to worry about the CPU getting  bogged down  by converting video).&lt;br /&gt;
Click &lt;em&gt;Next&lt;/em&gt; again, leave it on &lt;em&gt;Start a program&lt;/em&gt;,  click &lt;em&gt;Next&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;,&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;and paste the name of the directory you want the batch file  to watch over in the &lt;em&gt;Start in (optional)&lt;/em&gt; field. (You may need  to put the path in quotes if there are spaces in any of the folder  names.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Stay on Top of Your Video Podcasts  With Miro&lt;/h2&gt;Wouldn&#39;t it be nice if you could use one app to keep  yourself  updated on your Youtube subscriptions, video podcasts (iTunes  and  otherwise), and Web/TV series? Grab Miro and stay tuned with minimal hassle.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, I&#39;ve been using Miro to keep up with a few of my   Youtube subscriptions because I hate checking the Youtube pages, and   sometimes I want to watch them on my iPod Touch during my morning   commute.&lt;br /&gt;
Open up Miro, go to the &lt;em&gt;Sidebar&lt;/em&gt; menu and click &lt;em&gt;Add  Feed,&lt;/em&gt; then paste the following text into the URL:  http://www.youtube.com/rss/user/&lt;strong&gt;[insert username here]&lt;/strong&gt;/videos.rss.&lt;br /&gt;
Now Miro will automatically download the latest videos as soon as  they go up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/195367-miromenu_original.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Adding feeds in Miro--click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/195367-miromenu_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;Adding  feeds in Miro--click for full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Combine  that with  the auto-convert batch file we just configured, and you can  get your  Youtube subscriptions delivered to your portable video player  of choice  every morning.&lt;br /&gt;
Miro also includes a built-in BitTorrent client, so you can use  your  preferred RSS-friendly BitTorrent search engine (LegalTorrents.com  is  the default option) to stay subscribed to your favorite (legal) TV  and  Web series.&lt;br /&gt;
Just add the RSS feed for the search as a video podcast feed, and   Miro will handle the downloads like any other file manager. While it&#39;s   not as robust as uTorrent  or other dedicated BitTorrent clients, you can still configure   BitTorrent-specific settings (seed ratios, bandwidth limits, and so on)   in the Preferences menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Miro works with iTunes podcast subscriptions, too--both video and  audio. Open up iTunes, right-click on &lt;em&gt;Podcasts&lt;/em&gt; (on the  left-hand side of the main window), choose &lt;em&gt;Export,&lt;/em&gt; and choose &lt;em&gt;OPML&lt;/em&gt; as the format. In Miro, choose &lt;em&gt;Import Feeds (OPML)&lt;/em&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Sidebar&lt;/em&gt; menu and select the file you just exported from iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Keep Flickr Updated With Foldr Monitr&lt;/h2&gt;Keeping up with your Flickr uploads can be a pain, especially if   your home Internet connection doesn&#39;t have the bandwidth to handle a   bunch of big JPEG files. You can fix this with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rebeleos.com/FoldrMonitr/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Foldr  Monitr&lt;/a&gt;, a neat little app that can watch a directory for images and  automatically upload them to your Flickr account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/195367-foldrmonitr_original.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Foldr Monitr--click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/195367-foldrmonitr_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;Foldr  Monitr--click for full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Just  download Foldr  Monitr, run the Setup.exe app to configure it (you&#39;ll  need to enter your  Flickr account information and authenticate it on  the Flickr Web site).&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Browse button to specify a folder to watch, and check the   &quot;Include Subfolders&quot; box if you want it to search all the sub-folders   as well. You can set Flickr Monitr to upload your photos to sets   according to subfolder name, too--you can do this in the Options menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=195367&amp;amp;page=4&amp;amp;zoomIdx=3&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Process multiple images (click for full size).&quot; height=&quot;123&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/195367-processmultiplephotoshop_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; title=&quot;Process  multiple images (click for full size).&quot; width=&quot;122&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Once  everything  is configured, Foldr Monitr can just hang out in your  System Tray and  upload images in the background. If you want it to  stick to times when  you&#39;re not at home (so it won&#39;t stop you from using  your Internet  connection), just set up a task in the Task Scheduler,  as we did for  video conversion in the video section, that runs at night  or during work  hours.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also  incorporate Foldr Monitr into other workflows using  your images. If you  use Photoshop Elements, you can batch-process a  folder full of images by  selecting &lt;em&gt;Process Multiple Files&lt;/em&gt; from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Just define what you want Photoshop to do (apply the Auto Levels  and  Auto Contrast filters, then resize to 606 pixels wide, and convert  to a  high-quality JPEG, say) and use the folder that Foldr Monitr is   watching as the Destination folder. Once your images are cleaned up,   they&#39;ll be automatically uploaded onto Flickr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Use Mp3tag to Organize Your MP3s&lt;/h2&gt;Even the most vigilant music maniac can end up with a few dozen  MP3s  named &quot;Track 1&quot; from &quot;Unknown Album,&quot; which is why there are quite a   few apps out there that can help you keep your music library tagged,   sorted, and properly album-arted. However, we keep on coming back to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mp3tag.de/en/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Mp3tag&lt;/a&gt; because it&#39;s really good--and it&#39;s free (well, donationware).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/195367-mp3tag_original.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Mp3tag--click for full-size image.&quot; src=&quot;http://images.pcworld.com/howto/graphics/195367-mp3tag_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; title=&quot;Mp3tag--click for  full-size image.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Just  give Mp3tag a directory, and it&#39;ll  list all your media files for your  editing convenience. From here,  select a group of files (an album,  perhaps) and pick a tag source from  the Tag Sources menu--freedb,  MusicBrainz, Amazon, or discogs.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also pick up album art from Amazon (U.S. or Germany). If  the  standard ID3 tags aren&#39;t enough, you can also edit extended tags   (iTunes podcast metadata, for example) in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Mp3tag also gets a shout-out for including the oft-ignored Invert  Selection option (&lt;em&gt;Control-Shift-A&lt;/em&gt;, or choose it under the &lt;em&gt;Edit&lt;/em&gt; menu) for those times when it&#39;s easier to pick out the three songs you &lt;em&gt;don&#39;t &lt;/em&gt;want to tag than the 439 that you &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Bear  in mind that Mp3tag is a powerful tool, and you could readily design an  organization scheme straight out of &lt;em&gt;High Fidelity.&lt;/em&gt;  However, if  you&#39;re syncing your PC&#39;s music library to your MP3 player  or  smartphone, you may find that your   reverse-alphabetical-by-drummer&#39;s-maiden-name tag system doesn&#39;t work   too well with a 2.5-inch display. Keep your system simple, and it&#39;ll be   easier to maintain later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Patrick Miller&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/automate-multimedia-tasks-in-your-pc.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-4447642464360219325</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:29:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:29:28.190-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">PHOTOGRAPHY</category><title>Shoot Great Close-Up Photos With Macro Mode</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Enter the Close-Up World With Macro Mode &lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2010/Better_CloseUp_Photos_4.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;227&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2010/Better_CloseUp_Photos_4.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Macro photography lets you see the natural beauty  of the tiny things all  around us. You can get in close to your  subject--flowers, bugs, coins,  you name it--by activating your camera&#39;s  macro mode (almost always  indicated by a tulip icon), or get even  closer by attaching a close-up  filter to the front of your lens. Macro  shooting opens a whole new world  to you, but you&#39;ll need to pay  attention to certain details such as  lighting and aperture. Also check  out another tutorial for shooting close-ups for some background, and read on for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;gallery-holder&quot;&gt;                                                                                      &lt;div class=&quot;zoom-picture&quot; id=&quot;big_image_div&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id=&quot;feature_text_div&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Use a Small Aperture for Large Depth of Field &lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your camera gives you control over the aperture,  use it. A small  aperture (like f/11 or f/22) gives you a relatively  large depth of  field. That setting will make more of the background  identifiable. A  large aperture (like f/4) gives you a shallow depth of  field. Which do  you need for a good dewdrop photo? It depends. This  shot, taken with a  small aperture of f/16, keeps the whole droplet in  focus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Large Aperture Gives You a Narrow Focal Range &lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
More depth of field is often better than less when  you&#39;re shooting very  small subjects, very close up. For example, this  photo is basically the  same as the previous photo, but this time taken  with a large aperture of  f/4. Notice that the depth of field is so  precarious in this alternate  version that the front of the drop is in  sharp focus, but toward the  back the drop is already blurring. Now  that&#39;s a narrow depth of field!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Add Some Color to Your Dewdrop&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you take a few dewdrop photos, you might want  to start  experimenting. One popular trick is to get some color in the   droplet--perhaps the reflection of another flower. Just position a   flower behind your subject and move it around until you see it in the   drop through the viewfinder, as I did for this photo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Mind the Background&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Macro photos look best when you can reduce the  distractions caused by cluttered,  blurry backgrounds. When you shoot  outdoors, taking pictures of  flowers or insects, perhaps, try using the  flash. The background will  end up quite dark, eliminating the problem.  On the left, you can see a  flower shot with natural light; on the  right, I used a flash to minimize  the background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Go Little-Game Hunting &lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some tiny subjects are harder to shoot than others.  Check out this  dragonfly, for example. To get a shot like this, you&#39;ll  want to put your  camera on a tripod and leave the tripod head loose  enough to move the  camera as you track your prey. Set the shutter speed  as fast as it will  go (or use action/sports mode), and apply light  pressure to the shutter  release to focus on the most important part of  the critter. When you&#39;re  ready, snap the photo--but take a lot of  shots. You&#39;ll probably get a  couple of keepers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Go Beyond Macro Mode With Add-On Lenses&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want greater magnification than your point-and-shoot  camera  can provide on its own, try using add-on lenses. Often  called macro  filters, these inexpensive lenses--available from your  camera&#39;s  manufacturer attach  to the front of your camera&#39;s built-in lens. Though  not every camera on  the market can work with macro filters, many can. I  took this shot with  a point-and-shoot camera set to macro mode, with a  +1 filter attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Combine Macro Filters to Get Closer&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can combine close-up lenses by threading them  together. Adding a +1  lens to a +2 lens, for instance, yields the  impressive +3 magnification  that you see here. For that reason, I  suggest getting close-up lenses as  a set instead of one at a time; you  can then combine them as you see  fit to obtain the magnification you  need for a given picture. When  combining close-up lenses, put the  highest magnification on first,  closest to the camera lens. That way,  you can remove the lenses in  smaller increments to achieve just the  right magnification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Dave Johnson&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/shoot-great-close-up-photos-with-macro.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-8003212211394524546</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:24:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:24:36.299-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">ANDROID PHONE</category><title>Customize Your Android Phone</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Take Control of Your Android Phone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;116&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/AndroidPhoneCustomize_main.png&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; width=&quot;178&quot; /&gt;One  of Android&#39;s biggest strengths is its flexibility. Unlike Apple  and  its iPhone, Google lets users and third-party developers tweak just   about every aspect of the Android  interface, and the customization  options are nearly endless. If you  find something that you don&#39;t  like about your phone, odds are good that  you can change it. From the  desktop wallpaper to the notification  sounds to the blinking LED  indicator light, Android is easy to  personalize. Here&#39;s how to give  Android your own personal flair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Change Your Phone&#39;s Look and Feel&lt;/h2&gt;The first thing you might want to customize is your phone&#39;s  background. This couldn&#39;t be easier to accomplish: Tap the phone&#39;s &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key, and then pick &lt;em&gt;Wallpaper&lt;/em&gt;.  You can select a picture from  among your own photos or from the  phone&#39;s included collection of  wallpaper backgrounds. Beginning with  Android 2.1, you can also choose  any of several &quot;live wallpapers&quot; that  move and sometimes respond to your  touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Power Tip:&lt;/strong&gt; You can set a photo as your wallpaper   directly from your phone&#39;s gallery. While viewing an image, just tap   anywhere on the screen, and then select &lt;em&gt;Set as&lt;/em&gt; to find the   option for making that picture the wallpaper. Or, if you want to expand   your options, try using an app such as Backgrounds, a free download  from  the Android Market. The program gives you thousands of wallpaper   designs to choose from and to apply directly to your phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Design Your Home Screens&lt;/h2&gt;The wallpaper is only the beginning--with Android, no two sets of   home screens have to look alike. Thanks to the platform&#39;s wide range of   widgets, there&#39;s almost no limit to the number of ways you can  configure  your phone.&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets come in all shapes and sizes. Several are preloaded on your   phone, but many others are available either as stand-alone downloads or   as part of full-fledged applications in the Android Market.&lt;br /&gt;
When you see an app refer to a &lt;em&gt;1x1 widget&lt;/em&gt;, that means the  item will take up the space of a single shortcut-size square on your  home screen; a &lt;em&gt;2x1 widget&lt;/em&gt;  is two squares across but one square  high, and so on. Though some  widgets claim entire rows, you can find  many useful widgets that occupy  only one or two squares of desktop real  estate, allowing you to make  the most of your home-screen space.&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few suggestions to get you started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Check out the free Weather Channel app. It includes a nice 1x1   widget that will detect your current location and keep you up-to-speed   with the latest weather conditions, wherever you are.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For calendar power, try the highly customizable CalWidget, also   free. It can put your upcoming appointments on your home screen in   practically any size and color scheme you want. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Pandora&#39;s free app includes a 4x1 widget that gives you on-screen  controls for your online music stream. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The free VizBattery widget will put a handy 1x1 battery icon on   your home screen so that you can always see exactly how much juice is   left in your phone.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you run a blog or Website with Google Analytics, take a peek  at  the Analytics Widget. It shows you your total page views for the day  in  a 1x1 size. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;Remember, each home-screen panel can hold any combination of   widgets, shortcuts, and folders. Play around with different setups until   you find the configuration that works best for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Set Your Own Sounds&lt;/h2&gt;Itching to make your phone sound the way you want? Start by tapping  the &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key and selecting the &lt;em&gt;Settings&lt;/em&gt; menu. From  there, tap &lt;em&gt;Sound and display&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
All of the basics should now be in front of you, including options   to set the default system ringtone, the notification sound, and the   general volume levels.&lt;br /&gt;
You might notice that your own MP3s don&#39;t appear in the list of   ringtone choices. That&#39;s because your phone doesn&#39;t yet see them as   system sounds. Fortunately, this isn&#39;t hard to fix: Make a new folder on   your memory card called &#39;ringtones&#39; and copy MP3s into it, and they&#39;ll   automatically show up in your selection list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Power Tip:&lt;/strong&gt; Want to set your own MP3 music files as   notification sounds or alarms, too? Just repeat the process described   above, naming the folders &#39;alarms&#39; or &#39;notifications&#39; instead. And if   you find yourself wanting to snag a certain piece of a song--say, the   catchy chorus that starts 45 seconds into your favorite tune--grab the   free RingDroid app from the Android Market. With this app, editing MP3s   so that you can get the exact sound clip you need is a cinch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Get Advanced With Audio&lt;/h2&gt;The aforementioned settings handle the system&#39;s default sounds, but   you can also customize ringtones and notifications for specific people   or programs.&lt;br /&gt;
To change the ringtone for a specific person, open that person&#39;s  profile in your phone&#39;s contacts list. Press the &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key, and  then tap &lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Ringtone&lt;/em&gt;. Whatever audio file you  select will serve as the ringtone only when that person calls you.&lt;br /&gt;
Most programs have similar options to alter notification sounds  individually. While you&#39;re in an app, tap the &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key and  select &lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Settings&lt;/em&gt;.  If the app offers  notifications of any type, you should see a way to  set the sound, to  select whether it&#39;ll be accompanied by a vibration,  and to choose  whether it&#39;ll add a visual notification to your  notification panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Power Tip:&lt;/strong&gt; Use these options to customize how you   want to be notified for different events. You might, for example, want   to hear a sound and get a vibration when new e-mail messages arrive on   your personal Gmail account--but receive only a visual notification   without any sound when messages come into your work e-mail. You can   apply the same principle to text messaging, Twitter apps, Facebook apps,   or practically any other service associated with alerts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;See the Light&lt;/h2&gt;Most Android handsets come with an LED indicator. By default, the   LED usually flashes different colors to alert you to a missed call, to   new e-mail, or to a new text message. But you can make the indicator do   much more.&lt;br /&gt;
Expand your phone&#39;s notification functionality with Missed Call, a   free app available in the Android Market. Missed Call harnesses the   power of your handset&#39;s LED, letting you set the light to flash certain   colors when specific events happen. You could, for instance, program it   to flash orange when you miss a call from your boss and purple when  you  miss a call from your spouse; you could even set flashing LED  colors to  alert you to pending calendar events and other customizable   circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Make Your Phone Do the Dirty Work&lt;/h2&gt;Customizing your phone doesn&#39;t just make your device cooler--as the   following tips illustrate, it can also make your life easier.&lt;br /&gt;
Have an annoying relative or coworker who can&#39;t take a hint? Route   that person directly into your voicemail, and you&#39;ll never be bothered   by his or her calls again.&lt;br /&gt;
To perform this bit of Android magic, make sure that you&#39;ve entered   the offending person&#39;s information into your phone&#39;s contacts list.   Open the person&#39;s profile, and then press the &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key. Select &lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt; and check the box for &lt;em&gt;Send calls directly to voicemail&lt;/em&gt;. (You  might also say &quot;abracadabra,&quot; just for good measure.)&lt;br /&gt;
You can more broadly define how your phone handles calls and other   tasks by installing FoxyRing, available for free in the Android Market.   This program allows you to set custom parameters for your phone based  on  your location. You could have it always automatically switch to  silent  mode when you&#39;re at your neighborhood movie theater, for  example, or  always toggle to vibrate-only mode when you&#39;re inside your  office  building. FoxyRing also allows you to set certain &quot;sleeping  hours,&quot;  during which time your phone won&#39;t ring at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Power Tip:&lt;/strong&gt; For even more robust options, consider   either Setting Profiles or Locale. Both of these apps--available in the   Market for $3 and $10, respectively--let you set your phone to do all   sorts of things based on conditions such as location, day and time, and   battery status. The apps can alter everything from advanced sound   settings to power settings, and even perform complex actions such as   opening other programs when specific conditions are met.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Navigate in Style&lt;/h2&gt;Depending on your device, using hotkeys to navigate your phone  might  save you some time. Android has its own built-in set of keyboard   shortcuts (see &quot;Android  Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; for a full list), but you can also create your  own.&lt;br /&gt;
From your home screen, tap the &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key and select &lt;em&gt;Settings&lt;/em&gt;.  Next, choose &lt;em&gt;Applications&lt;/em&gt; and then &lt;em&gt;Quick Launch&lt;/em&gt;.  There, you&#39;ll be able to set keyboard-based hotkeys for any app on your  phone.&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Web navigation, don&#39;t think you&#39;re stuck with   Android&#39;s default browser. You can customize Android with third-party   alternatives that offer powerful functionality not found in the stock   program. Try the free Dolphin Browser for options such as multitouch   zooming, gesture-driven control, and seamless link-sharing to Twitter   and other social networks.&lt;br /&gt;
As for file navigation, you can browse and manage an Android phone   as you do a computer--you just need an app to make it happen. Download a   file manager such as Astro. It allows you to navigate through your   phone and storage-card directories, and to move and delete files at   will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Autocomplete Yourself&lt;/h2&gt;Last but not least, Android&#39;s autocomplete technology can do more   than merely suggest words as you type; it can also help you by filling   in the phrases and proper nouns you use most often.&lt;br /&gt;
The secret is to edit Android&#39;s custom dictionary. Tap the &lt;em&gt;Menu&lt;/em&gt; key from your home screen and go to &lt;em&gt;Settings&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Language and  keyboard&lt;/em&gt;, and then select &lt;em&gt;User dictionary&lt;/em&gt;.  Try adding  your name, your street address, or any phrase you find  yourself typing  often (for example, &quot;I&#39;m in a meeting. Will call you  back when I can&quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
From now on, those terms will pop up in the autocomplete list as  you type. Hey, they don&#39;t call it a smartphone for nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;JR Raphael&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/customize-your-android-phone.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-3170514419040796106</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:14:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:14:57.067-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">WINDOWS 7</category><title>How to install Windows 7 on Mac OSX with Boot Camp</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;            &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2010/Install-Windows-7-on-Apple-Mac-OSX-list.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2010/Install-Windows-7-on-Apple-Mac-OSX-list.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Install Windows 7 on Apple Mac OSX using Boot Camp&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;One  of the biggest concern for people thinking of investing in an Apple   MacBook is their fear of letting go of the tried-and-tested Windows   operating system and embracing a new OS in the form of Apple&#39;s Mac OSX.   Well, fear no more. Ever since Apple embraced Intel processors and   chipsets in its Macbook and iMac line of computers, dual-booting with   Microsoft&#39;s Windows operating system was possible with a tool Apple   provided, Boot Camp. In this tutorial we will guide you through a   step-by-step procedure of installing Windows 7 on your Macbook (or an   Intel-chipset based iMac), and it isn&#39;t difficult at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;We used a 15-inch Apple MacBook Pro Core i5 2.4-GHz  for the purpose of this tutorial. You can, however, use this guide on  any of your Intel-enabled MacBook or iMac computer. You  will need: a)  An original Windows 7 installation disc; b) Apple Mac OSX  install DVD;  c) A wired Internet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in  installing  Windows 7 on Mac OSX and Macbook is to ensure you apply all  the latest  updates. Press Command and Space key together to launch  Spotlight at  the top right bar, and search for &#39;Software Update&#39;. In the  Apple Mac  OSX Software Update screen click on Check Now to look for and  install  any impending updates. After applying software updates and  rebooting,  launch Boot Camp Assistant from Spotlight. Click on Continue  and select  the partition size for your Windows 7 installation -- ideally  try to  divide the hard drive into equal partitions. After partitioning  the  drive, insert your Windows 7 installation DVD to begin installing   Windows 7 on your Mac OSX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/1-install-windows-on-mac-using-bootcamp-update-apple-software.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;install-windows-on-mac-using-bootcamp-update-apple-software&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;install-windows-on-mac-using-bootcamp-update-apple-software&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/1-install-windows-on-mac-using-bootcamp-update-apple-software-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/2-launch_bootcamp_from_spotlight-for-installing-windows-7-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;launch_bootcamp_from_spotlight-for-installing-windows-7-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;launch_bootcamp_from_spotlight-for-installing-windows-7-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/2-launch_bootcamp_from_spotlight-for-installing-windows-7-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/3-bootcamp-assistant-launch-screen-on-mac-osx-installing-windows-7-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;bootcamp-assistant-launch-screen-on-mac-osx-installing-windows-7-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;bootcamp-assistant-launch-screen-on-mac-osx-installing-windows-7-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/3-bootcamp-assistant-launch-screen-on-mac-osx-installing-windows-7-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/4-bootcamp-assistant-create-a-partition-for-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;bootcamp-assistant-create-a-partition-for-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;bootcamp-assistant-create-a-partition-for-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/4-bootcamp-assistant-create-a-partition-for-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/5-bootcamp-assistant-start-windows-installation-on-mac-osx.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;bootcamp-assistant-start-windows-installation-on-mac-osx&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;bootcamp-assistant-start-windows-installation-on-mac-osx&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/5-bootcamp-assistant-start-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border-bottom-color: black; border-bottom-style: solid; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-color: black; border-left-style: solid; border-left-width: 1px; border-right-color: black; border-right-style: solid; border-right-width: 1px; border-top-color: black; border-top-style: solid; border-top-width: 1px; margin-bottom: 1px; margin-left: 1px; margin-right: 1px; margin-top: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If  you have never  installed Windows 7 before (either on your laptop or  desktop computer),  here&#39;s what to expect. Windows will load all the  necessary files  required to setup Windows 7 (you will see this message  on a black  screen). Soon you will see a blue splash-screen where  Windows 7 will ask  you to select your preferred language, time and  currency format, and  keyboard input method -- we recommend keeping  everything at default at  this stage. Next you will see a setup start  screen and Microsoft will  ask you to agree to its Windows software  license terms -- just check the  box and proceed forward. Click on the  Custom Installation option in the  next window, and Windows will greet  you with a screen asking you where  to install Windows 7. Always choose  the disk partition labelled Boot  Camp in bold and format it and click  on next. You will now see Windows  copying, expanding files and  installing features and updates before  completing installation of  Windows 7. The actual Windows 7 installation  should take up about 30  minutes on the Apple Macbook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/6-bootcamp-windows-on-mac-windows-installation-screen.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;bootcamp-windows-on-mac-windows-installation-screen&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;bootcamp-windows-on-mac-windows-installation-screen&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/6-bootcamp-windows-on-mac-windows-installation-screen-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/7-select-windows-installation-setup-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;select-windows-installation-setup-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;select-windows-installation-setup-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/7-select-windows-installation-setup-using-bootcamp-on-mac-osx-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/9-read-windows-license-term-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;read-windows-license-term-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;read-windows-license-term-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/9-read-windows-license-term-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/10-select-bootmcamp-installation-setup-partition-on-windows-mac-osx.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;select-bootmcamp-installation-setup-partition-on-windows-mac-osx&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;select-bootmcamp-installation-setup-partition-on-windows-mac-osx&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/10-select-bootmcamp-installation-setup-partition-on-windows-mac-osx-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/11-format-bootcamp-drive-in-ntfs-for-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;format-bootcamp-drive-in-ntfs-for-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;format-bootcamp-drive-in-ntfs-for-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/11-format-bootcamp-drive-in-ntfs-for-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/12-windows-installation-screen-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;windows-installation-screen-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;windows-installation-screen-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/12-windows-installation-screen-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soon   after installing Windows 7 and at first boot, you will see Windows   preparing your desktop screen for the first time. Enter in a username   and password for your user account on Windows 7. At the next screen you   should enter the unique 25-character Windows 7 original key -- you can   untick the box and enter in the key later, no problem. Click on   recommended protection settings to finish installation of Windows 7 and   seeing the first glimpse of Windows 7 desktop screen on Apple Mac OSX.   Now time to pop out the Windows 7 disc and pop in Apple Mac OSX   installation DVD that you received with your Macbook/iMac.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/13-preparing-your-desktop-screen-on-windows-7-first-boot-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;preparing-your-desktop-screen-on-windows-7-first-boot-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;preparing-your-desktop-screen-on-windows-7-first-boot-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/13-preparing-your-desktop-screen-on-windows-7-first-boot-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/14-enter-username-in-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;enter-username-in-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;enter-username-in-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/14-enter-username-in-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th_0.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/15-enter-windows-7-valid-key-on-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;enter-windows-7-valid-key-on-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;enter-windows-7-valid-key-on-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/15-enter-windows-7-valid-key-on-windows-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/16-take-recommended-settings-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;take-recommended-settings-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;take-recommended-settings-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/16-take-recommended-settings-windows-7-installation-on-mac-osx-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/17-insert-apple-mac-osx-install-disc-to-complete-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;insert-apple-mac-osx-install-disc-to-complete-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;insert-apple-mac-osx-install-disc-to-complete-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/17-insert-apple-mac-osx-install-disc-to-complete-windows-7-installation-using-bootcamp-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The   Apple Mac OSX DVD will autoplay -- if not double-click on the DVD  drive  in Windows to launch Boot Camp Installer on Windows 7. All you  have to  do is click on Next and accept Apple&#39;s software license  agreement to  proceed forward to Boot Camp installation. Make sure you  tick the box  for Apple Software Update for Windows. Time to just sit  back and watch  Boot Camp as it installs all the necessary chipset,  graphics, and  networking drivers for Windows 7 on your Macbook/iMac.  After installing  all the drivers, you will be informed that Boot Camp  has successfully  installed on your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/18-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/18-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/19-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/19-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/20-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/20-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/21-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software-Nvidia-Display-Driver.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software-Nvidia-Display-Driver&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software-Nvidia-Display-Driver&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/21-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-bit-update-Apple-Software-Nvidia-Display-Driver-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/23-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-successful-install.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-successful-install&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-successful-install&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/23-Install-Bootcamp-on-Windows-7-64-successful-install-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/24-use-bootcamp-to-switch-boot-up-to-mac-osx-on-windows-7.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;use-bootcamp-to-switch-boot-up-to-mac-osx-on-windows-7&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;use-bootcamp-to-switch-boot-up-to-mac-osx-on-windows-7&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/24-use-bootcamp-to-switch-boot-up-to-mac-osx-on-windows-7-th.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid black; margin: 1px;&quot; width=&quot;160&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#39;s  it! Now you  can dual boot with Windows 7 and Mac OSX on your Apple  MacBook or iMac.  When in Windows, you can click on the Boot Camp icon  in the taskbar to  reboot into Mac OSX and make other changes. Enjoy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Jayesh Shinde&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-install-windows-7-on-mac-osx.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-5960634609139909342</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:12:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:12:10.749-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">VPN</category><title>How to Set Up a Virtual Private Network</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;            &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2010/VPN_howto.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2010/VPN_howto.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How to set up a VPN&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;If you work on  the go fairly often, you&#39;ve probably hopped on a public wireless network  at least once or twice. You should have also figured out how to keep  your data safe when you&#39;re on such a network, by taking precautions such  as using your company&#39;s virtual private network--if available--or an  encrypted Web tunnel such as Hotspot Shield. If you don&#39;t have a company  VPN and you don&#39;t want to deal with Hotspot Shield&#39;s banner ads,  however, you can still secure your wireless traffic without breaking the  bank by setting up your own VPN and gaining a private, encrypted  Internet connection free from eavesdroppers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tunneling Your Traffic&lt;/h3&gt;Whether the public wireless network you use is password-protected or  pay-per-minute, anyone who connects to the network could spy on your  HTTP traffic--restaurant patrons, other people in your airport  concourse, or other paying subscribers of a commercial hotspot provider.  You can fix this problem by creating an encrypted tunnel through which  you can send Web traffic that originates at your laptop  and ends at a known location (the tunnel &quot;endpoint&quot;). From there, the  tunnel routes your Web requests to the public Internet. Of course, once  the traffic is outside the tunnel, it&#39;s subject to the usual potential  scrutiny--from ISPs, law enforcement, or the like--but while your data  is traveling through the public-access Wi-Fi hotspot, your Web surfing  is secure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;264&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_1_wifi.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In  the diagram above, regular users of the coffee shop&#39;s wireless hotspot  take the direct route to a Website (in red), but you use an encrypted  tunnel (in blue) to shield yourself in the hotspot network. Once you are  at your tunnel endpoint, your Web traffic travels through the Internet  via regular unencrypted methods (again, in red) to arrive at the  destination Website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Easy, Cheap Security via SSH&lt;/h3&gt;The easiest way to set up your own VPN starts with paying a monthly  fee for a hosting company to do all the difficult work of obtaining a  server, installing an operating system, and making sure the server stays  online 24 hours a day with plenty of backup generator power. I prefer  this approach because you don&#39;t have to fuss with any firewalls back at  home, and you don&#39;t have to leave a computer running when you&#39;re on the  road.&lt;br /&gt;
Any inexpensive shared-hosting provider will do for your purposes, as  long as the company provides access to a secure shell (SSH) server. SSH  was created as an encrypted version of telnet, one of the Internet&#39;s  original protocols, used to send character information between  computers. (If you&#39;ve ever seen a Hollywood computer thriller showing a  green screen and hackers typing away furiously, they&#39;re probably using  SSH or telnet, depending on how well the screenwriters did their  research.) I personally prefer HostGator,  which has a large data center in Houston. The company&#39;s basic  &quot;Hatchling&quot; hosting package is about Rs. 250 per month, so for just  eight Rupees a day you can have your own secure tunnel. Once HostGator  creates your account, you receive your login information and your  assigned server. From there, you can set up an impromptu Web proxy by  issuing SSH commands. I&#39;ll demonstrate both OS X and Windows versions;  Linux users can follow along and make minor adjustments where necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Get an SSH Client&lt;/h3&gt;OS X ships with a command-line SSH client, so all you need to do is  open Terminal (located in the Utilities folder within your Application  folder). You will see a command prompt that has your username and your  computer&#39;s name, followed by the $ symbol. All of the commands in the  following sections will be things that you type just beside that symbol.  On Windows, you need to download an SSH client. You have many to choose  from, but a popular freeware client is PuTTY.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Test Your SSH Server&lt;/h3&gt;Using the login information from your hosting provider, you can open  an SSH session on OS X by entering the portion shown below in bold after  the $ symbol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;$ ssh username@server.websitewelcome.com&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On  a Windows machine, start PuTTY and enter the server name that your  hosting provider gave you. Select the SSHradio button under &#39;Protocol&#39;.  The Port field should be set to 22 (the default SSH port). Click the  Open button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_2_putty.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;354&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since this is the first time you&#39;re connecting to this server, both  OS X&#39;s client and PuTTY will display an alert and prompt you to confirm  the host&#39;s fingerprint. (This should happen only once; thereafter, your  SSH client will confirm that the fingerprint hasn&#39;t changed. If it does  change, that could indicate that your connection has been tampered  with.) You&#39;ll see text similar to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The authenticity of host ‘server.websitewelcome.com&#39; can&#39;t be established. RSA key fingerprint is 11:22:33:44:55.&lt;br /&gt;
Are you sure you want to continue connecting? &lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you confirm the fingerprint, PuTTY will prompt for your username and  password. OS X will prompt for the password only, because you provided  the username on the command line already.&lt;br /&gt;
After you&#39;re logged in, you  should see a prompt showing that you are now connected to the command  line of the remote server; notice that the server name preceding the $  has changed to reflect the remote system:&lt;br /&gt;
login as: &lt;em&gt;username&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using keyboard-interactive authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
Password: *********&lt;br /&gt;
Last login: Fri Jan 01 02:03:04 2010 from 1.2.3.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;username&lt;/em&gt;@server $&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you know you have a working SSH server, you can continue to set up your tunnel. Type the command &lt;strong&gt;exit&lt;/strong&gt; to close your SSH session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Local Listeners and Remote Endpoints&lt;/h3&gt;Here&#39;s where things get a bit confusing, so read carefully. You need  to configure a port on your local computer (a &quot;listener&quot;) that will take  any packets you throw at it and stuff it into an SSH encrypted session.  At the other end of the tunnel, the traffic will dump out on your SSH  server. In the following sections, I&#39;ll show you how to configure your  Web browser to proxy your traffic through this local listener. Even  though conceptually it seems that you would want to point the Web  browser to the remote server, you will technically be pointing it at  &quot;localhost,&quot; which is a special name for your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;169&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_3_wifi3.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#39;ll need to tell your SSH client to connect to the SSH server and open a tunnel that begins on your laptop (&lt;strong&gt;localhost&lt;/strong&gt;) on port &lt;strong&gt;8888&lt;/strong&gt; and terminates at the SSH server, where the data will then be forwarded to the final destination Website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Create Your SSH Tunnel&lt;/h3&gt;The process is straightforward on OS X and can be represented in one command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;$ ssh -ND 8888 username@server.websitewelcome.com&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The  &#39;N&#39; option tells the SSH client that you do not want an interactive  session (a command prompt), because you just want to set up a tunnel.  The &#39;D 8888&#39; option tells the SSH client to set up a &quot;dynamic&quot;  port-forwarding tunnel on port 8888. The tunnel is dynamic because the  destination Website will change depending on where you are surfing;  other port-forwarding tunnels have static rules, but for Web browsing  you want the dynamic version. After issuing the command, you will be  prompted for a password and then ... nothing will happen. Actually, if  the command works, the port will be open, but you will not receive any  confirmation within Terminal. OS X folks can proceed to the next  section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;192&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_4_fwd_ports.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;295&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For  Windows, start PuTTY again, scroll down the &#39;Category&#39; listing on the  left to &#39;Connection&#39;, and expand the &#39;SSH&#39; category to select &lt;em&gt;Tunnels&lt;/em&gt;. Select the &lt;em&gt;Dynamic&lt;/em&gt; radio button, enter &lt;strong&gt;8888&lt;/strong&gt; for &#39;Source port&#39;, and then click &lt;em&gt;Add&lt;/em&gt;. Now click the &lt;em&gt;Open&lt;/em&gt;  button. After you enter your password, your tunnel should be created.  No confirmation message will display within the command prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Try Out Your New Tunnel&lt;/h3&gt;Now it&#39;s time to test things out. Fire up your Web browser, visit What Is My IP Address,  and take note of the IP address displayed. This is the public IP  address that the rest of the world sees when you connect from your  current location (home, work, school, or the coffee shop). Once you  change your Web proxy settings, you&#39;ll need to come back to this site to  verify that the Internet believes you are visiting &quot;from&quot; your SSH  server, confirming that your Web browsing is secure from eavesdropping  by other Wi-Fi hotspot users.&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Explorer users should go to the Tools menu and select Internet Options. From this dialog box, select the &lt;em&gt;Connections&lt;/em&gt; tab (fifth from the left) and click the &lt;em&gt;LAN Settings&lt;/em&gt; button at the bottom. In that pop-up dialog box, select the checkbox next to &lt;em&gt;Use a proxy server for your LAN&lt;/em&gt;. Now click on &lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;. Next to &#39;SOCKS&#39; enter &lt;strong&gt;localhost&lt;/strong&gt; for the address and &lt;strong&gt;8888&lt;/strong&gt; for the port; leave all the other fields blank. Click &lt;em&gt;OK&lt;/em&gt; three times and go to What Is My IP Address again. Your IP address should now reflect that of the SSH server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;95&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_5_putty3.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mozilla Firefox users on Windows should go to the &lt;em&gt;Tools&lt;/em&gt; menu and select &lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;, while OS X Firefox users should go to the &lt;em&gt;Firefox&lt;/em&gt; menu and select &lt;em&gt;Preferences&lt;/em&gt;. Thereafter, users on either platform should select the &lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt; category (a gear icon) and then the &lt;em&gt;Network&lt;/em&gt; tab (second from left), and click the &lt;em&gt;Settings&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &lt;em&gt;Manual Proxy Configuration&lt;/em&gt;. Next to &#39;SOCKS Host&#39;, enter &lt;strong&gt;localhost&lt;/strong&gt; for the address and &lt;strong&gt;8888&lt;/strong&gt; for the port; leave all the other fields blank. Choose the &lt;em&gt;SOCKS5&lt;/em&gt; radio button if it isn&#39;t already selected. On Windows, click &lt;em&gt;OK&lt;/em&gt;  twice; on OS X, simply close both preferences windows. Visit What Is My  IP Address again. Your IP address should now reflect that of the SSH  server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;238&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_6_putty4.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;458&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Safari users on OS X should go to the &lt;em&gt;Safari&lt;/em&gt; menu and select &lt;em&gt;Preferences&lt;/em&gt;. Select the &lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt; category (a gear icon) and then click the &lt;em&gt;Change Settings&lt;/em&gt; button next to &#39;Proxies&#39;. This will open System Preferences for your current network connection. On the &lt;em&gt;Proxies&lt;/em&gt; tab, select the checkbox next to &lt;em&gt;SOCKS Proxy&lt;/em&gt; and then enter &lt;strong&gt;localhost&lt;/strong&gt; for the address and &lt;strong&gt;8888&lt;/strong&gt; for the port. Click &lt;em&gt;OK, Apply&lt;/em&gt;  and then close System Preferences. Visit What Is My IP Address again.  Your IP address should now reflect that of the SSH server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Run Your Own SSH Server&lt;/h3&gt;Congratulations: You now have a secure tunnel through which you can  use public Wi-Fi securely. But what if you ignore my advice and you  don&#39;t want to pay a monthly fee to a hosting company? You can run your  own SSH server. This approach isn&#39;t for everyone, however--don&#39;t  continue with the following steps unless the previous sections were very  easy for you to understand. You will also need to know how to allow a  connection through your home DSL/cable router (or, if you&#39;re at the  office, how to alter your firewall).&lt;br /&gt;
This approach will also make your connection interesting to network  scanners that look for open ports on the Internet. Additionally, you  will have to keep the computer you use for the server running all the  time back at home, which may rack up more electricity usage and more  noise pollution than your significant other or roommates, will tolerate.  I strongly suggest using a hosting provider, but if you truly  understand the risks involved and you want to run your own SSH server,  continue reading. This is what your configuration will look like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; height=&quot;247&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/feature_home/06/2010/vpn_7_wifi2.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
OS X users are in luck: An SSH server is built in to the operating system. Simply open &lt;em&gt;System Preferences&lt;/em&gt; and open the &lt;em&gt;Sharing&lt;/em&gt; category. Under the &lt;em&gt;Services&lt;/em&gt; tab, select the checkbox next to &lt;em&gt;Remote Login&lt;/em&gt; (aka SSH Server). That&#39;s all! You can skip down to the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
For Windows users, a number of free and inexpensive SSH servers are available (sometimes referred to as SSHD--the &quot;D&quot; is for &lt;em&gt;daemon&lt;/em&gt;,  which is a way of saying &quot;server&quot; in geek-speak). The one I&#39;ll use in  this example is WinSSHD version 5 from Bitvise; it&#39;s available at no  cost for personal use. Run the installer and select the Personal Edition  (for companies, the Standard Edition is an excellent and inexpensive  choice). The control panel will load after installation and show the  Easy Settings wizard. All of the defaults are appropriate for your  purposes right now, so just click &lt;em&gt;Cancel&lt;/em&gt;. Click the &lt;em&gt;Start WinSSHD&lt;/em&gt; link highlighted in blue to start the SSH server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Test Your SSH Server&lt;/h3&gt;I won&#39;t go into detail about properly disabling your local laptop  firewall or your network firewall to allow port 22 to receive incoming  connections--if you&#39;ve read this far, you&#39;re an advanced user who knows  how to do that already. Your next step is to test your SSH server, so  you&#39;ll use some of the commands described in previous sections. OS X  users should enter the following command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;$ ssh username@localhost&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Windows users should start up PuTTY and enter &lt;strong&gt;localhost&lt;/strong&gt;  for the server address. You can use your own password that you use to  log in to your laptop. Remember that this is a new connection, so you  will likely see a fingerprint-verification prompt. If it doesn&#39;t work,  double-check your firewall or other security software that might be  blocking your connection.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, try to connect from the outside back  to your SSH server. Create a test account on your local computer and ask  a friend to test the connection using the password for this test  account. Your friend should follow the same steps in configuring the SSH  client software and his or her Web browser as presented in the previous  sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Never Surf Naked&lt;/h3&gt;Now you&#39;ve seen how easy it is to use a secure tunnel for your Web  browsing when you are on a public-access Wi-Fi hotspot. Use the free  Hotspot Shield service, set up your own SSH server at home, or use an  inexpensive hosting provider--but never, ever surf &quot;naked&quot; again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Steven Andrés&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-set-up-virtual-private-network.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-2104280230688507484</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:05:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:05:10.895-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">PHOTOGRAPHY</category><title>Photography: Waterfalls And Moving Water</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Taking a Photo of Waterfalls and Moving Water&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Photo: Waterfall and Moving Water&quot; height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/10/2010/Photography_Waterfalls_Moving.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin-left: 15px; margin-right: 15px;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
While I&#39;m not a huge fan of camping or long, multi-day hiking trips, I  do love visiting waterfalls. There&#39;s something about the rush of water  that&#39;s both exciting and beautiful. It&#39;s one of my favorite photographic  subjects. Taken with a slow shutter speed, water blurs into a  deceptively tranquil image that effectively conveys the impression of  motion in a still photograph--not entirely unlike shooting fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#39;s take a look at how to capture some exciting and attractive  photos of water in motion, so you&#39;re all set to go when the time comes  to grab your camera and hiking shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;It&#39;s All About the Shutter Speed&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Waterfall Freeze&quot; height=&quot;268&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2010/10/1_waterfall_freeze_original_jpg_17615.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  most important rule for shooting waterfalls (and all sorts of moving  water) is to use a slow shutter speed. How slow? Anywhere from about a  half second to 2 seconds will do nicely. If you use a very fast shutter  speed, you will freeze the motion of the water, like the shot seen  above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Waterfall original&quot; height=&quot;268&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2010/10/2_waterfall_original_jpg_12452.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  longer the shutter stays open, the blurrier things get. The above shot  is what you can expect with about a second. As you can see, the longer  the exposure, the blurrier and more abstract your scene becomes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; Preparing for the Shot&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since  you need to shoot with a slow shutter speed, you should set your camera  to its Shutter Priority or Aperture Priority mode and dial in an  appropriate shutter setting. Be sure that your camera is set to the  lowest possible ISO, since a higher ISO setting will make the camera  more sensitive to light, and therefore shoot with relatively faster  shutter speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, be sure to mount the camera on a tripod. Without one, your photo will be a blurry mess.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Taking the Shot&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since  the shutter will be open for a while, even slight vibrations can blur  the overall photo. When I shoot waterfalls, I use a remote trigger for  my camera. A remote trigger can come in the form of a wireless remote or  a cable that plugs into your camera, so you might want to check your  camera&#39;s user guide to see if such an option is compatible with your  model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Waterfall Example - original&quot; height=&quot;268&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2010/10/3_waterfall_ex_original_jpg_15362.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If  you don&#39;t have a remote trigger, you can get a similar result just by  using the camera&#39;s self-timer--turn on the timer, press the shutter  release, and then step back so you don&#39;t touch the camera until the shot  is completed, about 10 seconds later. (See the shot above.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; Avoiding Overexposure&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Capturing  those dreamy, blurry waterfalls and river rapids is pretty easy once  you figure out the basics--stuff like using a tripod and a setting a  slow shutter speed. You might notice, though, that some parts of your  photos turn out somewhat overexposed. The problem is that the total  range of exposures, from the bright, reflective water to the darker  foliage and shadows, is greater than your camera is capable of capturing  in a single shot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One popular solution is to use a neutral  density filter. A neutral density filter screws onto the front of your  lens (if your lens has threads, as do most Digital SLR lenses, and some  point-and-shoot cameras) and reduces the amount of light reaching your  camera&#39;s sensor. That will help reduce or eliminate the worst of the  overexposures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option is to take a series of photos at  different exposures and combine them afterwards using High Dynamic Range  software. If your camera has a bracketing mode, it&#39;s easy to take a  series of three or five photos at varying levels of under- and  over-exposure. I explained how to create HDR photos in my two-part  series, &quot;Stunning Photos With High Dynamic Range, Part 1&quot; and &quot;Stunning Photos With High Dynamic Range, Part 2.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Waterfall HDR Photography&quot; height=&quot;268&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2010/10/4_waterfall_hdr_original_jpg_30350.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a fun technique to experiment with, and--if you have access to HDR software like Photomatix Pro--you  can get waterfalls with significantly more color and detail in the  water than with an ordinary, single exposure at mid-day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Dave Johnson&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/photography-waterfalls-and-moving-water.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-7970331602932723488</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 10:01:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T03:01:19.856-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">ANDROID PHONE</category><title>Six Tips to Secure and Protect Your Android Phone</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keep Your Android Phone Safe&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/03/2011/Android-Security-Six-Tips-Protect-Your-Google-Phone.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;Google&#39;s Android  Market mobile software shop was hit last week with its first major  malware attack; a popular application called &quot;DroidDream&quot; proved to be  infected with malicious code that could steal users&#39; personal  information, and Google was forced  to use a built-in Android &quot;kill-switch&quot; to do away with the problematic  app--but not until after it had already infiltrated thousands of  Android smartphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Google Android platform has never been more popular; in fact,  Android now holds a commanding 31 percent of the U.S. smartphone market  share, making it the most popular smartphone OS in the US, according to  ComScore.&lt;br /&gt;
Android has also never before represented such a  significant target for hackers and other baddies looking to profit off  of the platform&#39;s popularity. In other words, now is the time to get  smart about Google Android security. The following six tips and tricks  will help do just that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1) Protect Your Android with a Password--Now!&lt;/b&gt;The  single most effective security measure you can take to protect your  Android device is to lock it with a password. It sounds simple, but a  strong password--or even a weak one--will protect you and your  smartphone from the vast majority of threats; if a malicious party can&#39;t  get past your password screen, your data and everything else on-device  is generally secure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the model of your Android  smartphone, you&#39;ll have a variety of password options, but they&#39;re all  accessed in mainly the same way. Open up your Android Settings menu and  scroll down to the section called Location &amp;amp; Security Settings or  something similar. First, enable Screen Unlock Security and you&#39;ll then  be presented with a number of password options, depending on your  device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, my Motorola  Atrix 4G provides password options for a Pattern Lock, for which you  can set a specific &quot;swipe pattern&quot; to unlock your device; a PIN Lock  that uses numbers to secure your handheld; a Password Lock, for which  you can employ both letters and numbers; and finally, a biometric-based  Fingerprints Lock that employs the Atrix&#39;s fingerprint reader for  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though the Fingerprint Lock is the most secure  option...I&#39;m a bit wary of storing my biometric information on Google&#39;s  servers, so I opt for the Password Lock. In order of &quot;secureness,&quot; the  Fingerprint Lock is most secure, followed by the Password Lock, PIN Lock  and finally, the Pattern Lock. But using any one of these Android  password security options is better than not using one at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Note:  If you choose to employ the Pattern Lock option, it&#39;s a good idea to  frequently wipe your touch screen clean, since repeated entry of your  pattern lock can leave a &quot;trail&quot; that can be spotted by hackers and used  to gain access to your device.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you set your Android  password, you should set your Screen Timeout options to a relatively low  option, so your device display shuts off and locks itself shortly after  you last touch it. To do so, open up the Android Settings menu, scroll  down and select Display. On the following screen, locate the Screen  Timeout option and pick a value--I suggest one minute or less for  maximum security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2) Customize Locked Home Screen with Owner Info&lt;/b&gt;Imagine  you accidentally leave your smartphone at a bar. A good Samaritan  locates the device and wants to get it back to its rightful owner...but  it&#39;s locked and the home screen shows only a beautiful, albeit useless,  ocean vista.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario plays out all the time, and if more  smartphone owners only added owner information to their devices&#39; home  screens, many more lost devices would likely be returned. Unfortunately,  Android doesn&#39;t have any built-in option that lets you post owner  information on your device&#39;s locked home screen, like other mobile  platforms, including Research In Motion&#39;s (RIM) BlackBerry OS. But a couple of third-party applications will do the trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My favorite option for adding owner information to your Android home screen: the Phone Found - Owner Info app,  which is available for free via the Android Market. To customize the  Owner Info app, simply launch the software, hit the Edit menu options  and enter in your contact information. You can then open up the app&#39;s  Settings and choose which information you want to display on your  device&#39;s locked home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;3) Do NOT Root Your Android Device&lt;/b&gt;To  &quot;root&quot; your Google Android device means to remove a number of  manufacturer- and wireless-carrier-imposed restrictions put on your  smartphone to make it easier for said parties to install and deliver the  applications and services they want you to employ, among other things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rooting  also opens up system-level access to your device&#39;s core resources,  which is not a good thing, at least from a security perspective, since  doing so also removes a number of safeguards installed to help protect  your device from malware and other potentially dangerous code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless  you&#39;re a developer or someone who is very familiar with Android and  you&#39;re simply willing to take your chances, you should NOT root your  Android device. Ever. Not rooting might mean limited access to some  cool, custom applications and services, and you won&#39;t be able to  download apps from many unofficial third-party app stores. However,  avoiding a root does vastly increase security, because in large part  applications can&#39;t gain system-level access without a root.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bottom  line: Don&#39;t root your Android device. But if do, beware that in rooting  your smartphone, you&#39;re significantly reducing your device&#39;s existing  security safeguards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;4) Stick to the Official Android Market for Apps&lt;/b&gt;It&#39;s  a good idea to be very selective about where you download your Android  mobile applications. In fact, I suggest only downloading applications  from Google&#39;s Android Market, even though the whole DroidDream situation  proves the official Android Market is not 100 percent free of malware  and other harmful apps. (Following the DroidDream debacle, Google did,  however, vow to bolster Android Marketplace security.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every  once and a while, I&#39;ll download an Android app from a source other than  the Android Market, but I&#39;m always aware of the potential danger, and I  always use some type of antivirus scanner after the download to help  ensure security--more on Android antivirus coming up in the next  section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a rule of thumb, it&#39;s a wise idea to get your Android software directly from Google&#39;s Android Market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;5) Google Android Antivirus&lt;/b&gt;A  good mobile antivirus app scans new Android software downloads for  obvious signs of tomfoolery, such as strange permissions- or  download-requests. And a number of free and commercial, or paid, Android  antivirus apps are currently available in the Android Market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I  can&#39;t personally vouch for the effectiveness of them all, but in  general, running one of the more popular antivirus apps is better than  not running any antivirus at all. The app I&#39;ve used most is Lookout Mobile Security.  Lookout is available as a free download, with a basic antivirus  scanner, Find-My-Phone features to help locate lost or stolen devices  and backup/restore options. You can also upgrade Lookout for more  in-depth security features, but the free version should provide basic  protection for average users. Another free antivirus option is the aptly  named Antivirus Free app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even  if you choose not to constantly run an Android antivirus application,  it&#39;s a good idea to download one and scan your device occasionally for  potentially harmful apps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;6) Android Wireless Connectivity and Security&lt;/b&gt;In  general, it&#39;s a wise idea to disable any and all unused  wireless-connection options on your Android smartphone. In other words,  you should turn off your Wi-Fi when you leave home and won&#39;t be in range  of another Wi-Fi network for the day. When you&#39;re done using that  Bluetooth headset in the car, turn off Bluetooth. Doing so will not only  conserve battery life, it&#39;ll reduce the risk of malicious parties  detecting, or even connecting to, your device without your knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In  addition, you should also disable your Wi-Fi auto connect option--if  your device has such an option--to ensure you don&#39;t automatically  connect to a public Wi-Fi hotspot, through which a Bad Guy could access  your device data. Turn off Wi-Fi auto connect by opening up your Android  Settings menu, then choosing Wireless &amp;amp; Networks and next, Wi-Fi  Settings. If your device has a Wi-Fi auto connect option, you should see  it listed here. Uncheck the auto connect box to turn off this  functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Wireless &amp;amp; Networks settings page,  you&#39;ll also see a Bluetooth Settings option. Open up your Bluetooth  Settings and turn Bluetooth on if it&#39;s not already. Then click the  Device Name option and change your Android&#39;s name to something unique  and specific to you. This will reduce confusion in the future, should  you attempt to connect your smartphone to another device via Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If  your Android device supports mobile hotspot features, you&#39;ll want to  secure your personal network. First, again open up your Wireless &amp;amp;  Networks settings and then scroll down to and select Mobile Hotspot.  Next, turn on your Wi-Fi hotspot feature and click the Wi-Fi Hotspot  Settings settings menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the hotspot features are activated,  your Wi-Fi Hotspot Settings page should show an option to Configure  Wi-Fi Hotspot. Open up this menu, assign a new, unique name to your  network, choose WPA2 PSK security from the dropdown menu and then assign  a password to your network. Save your changes, and your Wi-Fi hotspot  is now secure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s a good practice to turn off your Wi-Fi  hotspot when not in use, so unauthorized parties cannot employ your  network, eating up you monthly data allotment and/or accessing your  device information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Al Sacco&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/six-tips-to-secure-and-protect-your.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-694268079025882289</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:57:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:57:39.999-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">HDTV</category><title>Five Common HDTV Questions, Answered</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;            &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/04/2011/HDTV-Questions-Answered.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/04/2011/HDTV-Questions-Answered.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solutions to 5 Common HDTV Questions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;From the moment you decide to buy a new HDTV,  you face a series of potential pitfalls that can set you back in your  quest to choose a television and enjoy it. Problems can crop up  throughout the process, whether you&#39;re just beginning to determine which  television technology better suits your needs or you&#39;re dealing with  unsatisfactory picture quality once you&#39;ve set up your new TV in your  living room.&lt;br /&gt;
Fortunately, many of the issues facing prospective or current  HDTV owners are quite easy to address--you just have to do your homework  before you break out your credit card. Here are five common HDTV  problems, and how you can solve them in a matter of minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;font-size: 19px; font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;font-size: 19px; font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Should I Choose LCD or Plasma?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;float: left; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; max-width: 180px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;LCD sets are typically thinner and use less energy than their plasma counterparts.&quot; height=&quot;119&quot; src=&quot;http://zapp5.staticworld.net/howto/graphics/218566-sportshdtvtn_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: initial none initial; display: block; float: left; height: auto; max-width: 606px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #404040; float: left; font-size: 11px; line-height: 16px; padding-bottom: 6px; padding-top: 6px;&quot;&gt;LCD sets are typically thinner and use less energy than their plasma counterparts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;If you&#39;ve made the decision to shop for an HDTV,  you&#39;re probably wondering whether you should select an LCD set or a  plasma model. Admittedly, both technologies are nice and should deliver  desirable picture quality. But you want the one that&#39;s better for  you--and they&#39;re not created equal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, the vast majority of HDTVs on store shelves  are LCD (liquid crystal display) sets. The technology has been  improving dramatically over the years, thanks in part to the  introduction of LED backlighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of LEDs, current  LCD sets tend to be a bit brighter than their predecessors, which use  cold cathode fluorescent lamps. Even better, LED-backlit LCDs are  usually thinner than traditional LCDs (and plasmas, for that matter),  and they consume less power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, LED-backlit HDTV sets tend  to be more expensive than traditional LCDs. For example, Vizio&#39;s  top-of-the-line 47-inch LED-backlit 4SV model costs the equivalent of  US$1799, while one of its top 47-inch standard LCD models goes for the  equivalent of US$950. Other TV manufacturers typically have a similar  price gap between LED-backlit and CCFL-backlit sets--and some  manufacturers aren&#39;t even making CCFL-backlit sets on the high end at  all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aside from price considerations, LCDs are typically quite  thin--good for people who want to mount their set to the wall. And with  screen sizes up to 46 inches, they deliver outstanding picture quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If  you&#39;re looking for a larger display, though, you should be aware that  LCD picture quality tends to break down on larger screen sizes. In most  cases opting for a 50-inch LCD isn&#39;t necessarily the best idea unless  the set has LED backlighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond that, LCDs sometimes offer  less-appealing picture quality when viewed at off angles. LCD HDTVs have  been improving in this respect over the years, but they still fall  short compared with plasmas. If you anticipate watching your set from  several different angles, keep that in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;LCD cheat sheet&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED backlighting improves picture quality in most cases&lt;br /&gt;
- Better for smaller screen sizes&lt;br /&gt;
- Affordable&lt;br /&gt;
- Off-angle viewing can be a concern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;float: right; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 10px; margin-top: 10px; max-width: 180px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Plasma sets are cheaper than LCDs and can provide solid picture quality.&quot; height=&quot;119&quot; src=&quot;http://zapp5.staticworld.net/news/graphics/210922-infinea-50-inch-3d-plasma-tv-thumb_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: initial none initial; display: block; float: right; height: auto; max-width: 606px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #404040; float: left; font-size: 11px; line-height: 16px; padding-bottom: 6px; padding-top: 6px;&quot;&gt;Plasma sets are cheaper than LCDs and can provide solid picture quality.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;If  you&#39;re considering buying a plasma HDTV, don&#39;t expect to see any that  are smaller than about 42 inches in size. The reason for that is simple:  Manufacturing plasma televisions smaller than 42 inches would be too  costly for vendors, and they wouldn&#39;t be able to keep up with LCD  pricing. So plasma makers have successfully kept to the higher end of  the market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, plasma is probably the better way to go  if you&#39;re looking for a large screen of, say, 50 inches or more. On  large screens, fast action looks better on a plasma HDTV. Picture  quality is usually superior, as well. Since LED-backlit LCDs (which are  trying to encroach on the plasma market) are somewhat expensive, you  should find a competitive price from plasma TV makers. Note, too, that  plasmas deliver excellent picture quality at all viewing angles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plasmas  have some drawbacks, however. For one, they&#39;re bulky, so putting a  plasma set over the fireplace, while possible, may not be as  aesthetically pleasing as you might like. And since the majority of  companies are making LCDs, finding a suitable plasma set might be a bit  more difficult than choosing an appropriate LCD TV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Plasma cheat sheet:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Great for large screen sizes, but not small displays&lt;br /&gt;
- Competitive pricing against high-end LCDs&lt;br /&gt;
- Excellent off-angle viewing&lt;br /&gt;
- Tend to be bulky&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;What Size TV Is Right for Me?&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;float: left; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; max-width: 180px;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=225748&amp;amp;page=1&amp;amp;zoomIdx=1&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Vizio&#39;s 65-inch Theater 3D TV looks great--if you can fit it in your living room.&quot; src=&quot;http://zapp5.staticworld.net/news/graphics/215407-xvt3d650sv_front_1500x1500-with-glasses-copy606_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: initial none initial; display: block; float: left; height: auto; max-width: 606px;&quot; title=&quot;Vizio&#39;s 65-inch Theater 3D TV looks great--if you can fit it in your living room.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #404040; float: left; font-size: 11px; line-height: 16px; padding-bottom: 6px; padding-top: 6px;&quot;&gt;Vizio&#39;s 65-inch Theater 3D TV looks great--if you can fit it in your living room.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Before you make up your mind about an LCD or plasma, you need to determine the size of the HDTV you want to buy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To  determine the right size for your living room, get a tape measure and  figure out how far away you plan to sit from your television once you  have it in place. If you have multiple locations for people to sit, you  might also take the measurements for all those other spots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find several tools on the Web, including a table on Amazon&#39;s site,  that show how to translate that distance into the correct screen size.  Amazon&#39;s table, for example, says that if you&#39;re sitting up to 4 feet  away from the set, you probably don&#39;t want anything bigger than a  32-inch display. If you&#39;re sitting around 6 feet away, choose nothing  bigger than a 46-inch set. If you&#39;re sitting between 8 and 10 feet away,  selecting a television that&#39;s no larger than 80 inches in size is your  best bet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, choosing the right HDTV size isn&#39;t an exact  science, and everyone&#39;s viewing preferences are different. Keep Amazon&#39;s  tool in mind, but go to a local store and stand the same distance away  from your desired television as you would be when you&#39;re home. Wikipedia  has a good entry on the optimum HDTV viewing distance as recommended by several different TV and entertainment organizations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Should I Use HDMI or Component?&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;float: right; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 10px; margin-top: 10px; max-width: 180px;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=225748&amp;amp;page=2&amp;amp;zoomIdx=1&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Some HDMI cables cost a lot and some don&#39;t, but the picture quality is generally the same for short cable runs.&quot; src=&quot;http://zapp5.staticworld.net/news/graphics/203732-hdmi_180.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: initial none initial; display: block; float: right; height: auto; max-width: 606px;&quot; title=&quot;Some HDMI cables cost a lot and some don&#39;t, but the picture quality is generally the same for short cable runs.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #404040; float: left; font-size: 11px; line-height: 16px; padding-bottom: 6px; padding-top: 6px;&quot;&gt;Some HDMI cables cost a lot and some don&#39;t, but the picture quality is generally the same for short cable runs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;When  you want to watch HD material on your TV, typically you need to choose  between two different connections: HDMI or component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HDMI is a  single cable that connects from the video source to the television. It  allows both video and audio to travel through the cable, making it  appealing from a space-saving perspective. Component, on the other hand,  uses five cables--three for video and two for audio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the vast  majority of cases, component is just fine for HD content. If you&#39;re  watching programming from your cable or satellite provider, or if you  have an Apple TV hooked up to your television, component is perfect,  since it transmits up to 720p or 1080i video to your HDTV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However,  if you plan on gaming in 1080p or watching Blu-ray films, you have to  use an HDMI cable. HDMI supports full 1080p resolution, making it the  only suitable option for such high-quality content. It also works with  any resolution under 1080p, including 720p, 1080i, and 480p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So,  which one should you choose? As long as you have enough open ports, you  should probably opt for an HDMI cable, regardless of whether it&#39;s  connected to a Blu-ray player or a cable box. With HDMI, you&#39;ll save  space in the back of your entertainment center, and you&#39;ll be sure to  get the best picture quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you head down to pick up an  HDMI cable, however, keep one thing in mind: They&#39;re all the same. No  matter what a salesperson might say to you, find the cheapest HDMI cable  in the store and buy that--you won&#39;t encounter any issues with picture  quality if you choose a cheap HDMI cable over the Rs. 4,000 option  sitting next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;How Do I Get Channels Without a Cable Box?&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;float: left; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; max-width: 180px;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/zoom?id=225748&amp;amp;page=2&amp;amp;zoomIdx=2&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;The Roku XD set-top box uses your Internet connection to stream video to your HDTV.&quot; src=&quot;http://zapp5.staticworld.net/reviews/graphics/215147-roku_xds_2100x_671496_g1_listing.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: initial none initial; display: block; float: left; height: auto; max-width: 606px;&quot; title=&quot;The Roku XD set-top box uses your Internet connection to stream video to your HDTV.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #404040; float: left; font-size: 11px; line-height: 16px; padding-bottom: 6px; padding-top: 6px;&quot;&gt;The Roku XD set-top box uses your Internet connection to stream video to your HDTV.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;If you&#39;re hoping to watch television without adding a cable or satellite box to the mix, you have some alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For  starters, be sure to buy a television that has a built-in tuner. With  such a tuner, the TV can capture and display channels sent over the air.  And since many over-the-air channels come in HD, you&#39;ll be able to take  full advantage of your set&#39;s capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To activate the  tuner, simply choose that input on your television. From there, you  should see an option to search for over-the-air channels; once you  select it, your HDTV will find all the channels within range. In most  cases it will find all of your local channels and even some others you  might not anticipate. Don&#39;t expect to get all of the channels that a  cable provider offers through a box, however; the options will be  somewhat limited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to supplement those channels with more viewing choices, consider buying a media player, or a gaming console such as the Sony PlayStation 3. Alternatively, you can connect your PC to your HDTV and use that as your media center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;How Can I Calibrate My TV in 5 Minutes?&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;float: right; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 10px; margin-top: 10px; max-width: 180px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;You&#39;d be surprised how good your TV can look after a quick 5-minute calibration.&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://zapp5.staticworld.net/news/graphics/213088-color_pens_180_original.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: initial none initial; display: block; float: right; height: auto; max-width: 606px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #404040; float: left; font-size: 11px; line-height: 16px; padding-bottom: 6px; padding-top: 6px;&quot;&gt;You&#39;d be surprised how good your TV can look after a quick 5-minute calibration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You can find a host of hardware and software tools that promise to help you calibrate your HDTV--but since your goal is to save time, the following 5-minute calibration should be all you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First,  be sure to calibrate your HDTV at the time of day when you&#39;re most  likely to watch programming or movies. Depending on the time and on how  much light is in the room, the picture might not look ideal. If you  calibrate the TV in the same conditions as when you&#39;re most likely to  watch, you&#39;ll be far more pleased with the results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, put on a  movie or TV show that you&#39;re familiar with, and pause the playback on a  scene that you know particularly well, so you can ensure that skin  tones and colors are accurate as you calibrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browse to your  HDTV&#39;s video settings and choose either &#39;movie&#39; or &#39;film&#39; mode. In most  instances that option provides you with the closest-to-optimal setting  for your HDTV. If you like the way that setting looks, keep it there and  don&#39;t make any tweaks. But if you think it needs a little something,  start modifying some of the individual picture settings, such as  brightness, sharpness, and contrast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brightness is perhaps better  described as &quot;black level.&quot; You&#39;ll want to adjust the brightness on  your set until something black on your display has a nice, deep, inky  look to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sharpness tends to create odd halos around objects  that aren&#39;t coming from the video source. Since you want to create an  accurate picture as quickly as possible, it&#39;s generally best to turn  sharpness down to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, go to the contrast settings  (sometimes called &quot;picture&quot;) and turn it down so that white objects on  the screen look sharp, have detail, and don&#39;t appear odd. At this point  you might also have to return to the brightness setting to ensure that  blacks aren&#39;t too dark and you haven&#39;t lost some detail along the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You  may also find a &#39;color&#39; setting on your HDTV. Since you&#39;re not using  any calibration aids, it&#39;s best for now to leave that alone, since most  HDTVs deliver relatively accurate color out of the box. If after this  quick adjustment you&#39;re not quite happy with what you&#39;ve found, feel  free to go back and adjust the settings until you&#39;ve set up the right  look for your eye.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Don Reisinger&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/five-common-hdtv-questions-answered.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-3602493830071665002</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:53:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:53:45.616-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">GRAPHICS CARD</category><title>How to Upgrade Your Graphics Card</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu1_jpg_19087.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu1_jpg_19087.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-top: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upgrading your graphics card&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Choosing the  best graphics card for upgrading your aging board is difficult.  Ultimately, you want a balanced setup: Too much power, and the graphics  processing unit just sits idle in a game, waiting for the CPU to finish  whatever it&#39;s doing. Too little power, and the CPU waits for the GPU to  wrap up its tasks. In either case your game won&#39;t look or play as you  want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that both AMD and Nvidia have rolled out their  second-generation DirectX 11-compliant graphics cards in the past  several months. These revised GPUs offer improved performance, as well  as more-robust feature sets. In some instances the new midrange cards  (which fall into the ~ Rs. 9000 -to- Rs. 13,500 price range) outperform  older graphics boards that were priced at ~ Rs. 23,000 or more only a  few years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the example in this article, I&#39;m upgrading a  desktop system running an Intel Core 2 Quad Q9650 processor. This CPU  was one of the faster models available during the previous Intel Core  generation, but today it&#39;s average at best. That means a good midrange  graphics card (~ Rs. 12,000 or less) is the appropriate fit for this PC;  anything more expensive is overkill. This computer got an upgrade to  Windows 7 at the time of that operating system&#39;s original release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu2_jpg_19204.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;The  platform is also a concern. Some of the newer graphics cards, such as  AMD&#39;s Radeon HD 6900 line, can be quite long, and may not fit in certain  PC cases. The chassis for my example desktop is an older Antec Sonata  Designer 500, which lacks the internal depth needed for longer cards.  Consequently a midrange card becomes a matter of necessity.&lt;br /&gt;
The third issue to consider is the power supply. If you&#39;re already  running a 900W monster, you can upgrade to just about any graphics card  you desire. But if you&#39;re running a less formidable power supply--a 500W  or 600W unit, for example--your graphics options will be more limited.  Some high-end graphics cards consume significant amounts of current at  startup as well as under load, which can overstress a modest power  supply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, even within such constraints, your graphics-card  choices are numerous. I tend to opt for newer midrange cards, which can  offer impressive performance particularly on single monitors running at  the now common 1920-by-1080-pixel resolution. At prices closer to ~ Rs.  9000, I would probably go with an ATI Radeon HD 6870. At ~ Rs. 11,200  to Rs. 12,100, I&#39;d likely choose an Nvidia GeForce GTX 560 Ti. Both  boards get the job done at 1080p. In the end, it depends on your budget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In  my example PC, I&#39;m upgrading from a GTX 260 card to an Asus-made GTX  560 Ti. By today&#39;s standards the GTX 260 is pretty anemic. Asus&#39;s GTX  560 Ti DirectCU II, which currently costs around ~ Rs. 11,200 to Rs.  12,100, is much stronger and should substantially improve performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Basic Install Toolkit&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Battery-powered headlamp&lt;br /&gt;
Assorted screwdrivers&lt;br /&gt;
Retractable pincers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;313&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu3_jpg_15188.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 5px; margin-right: 5px; margin-top: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Upgrading Tips&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Before you buy a graphics card, make sure that your machine&#39;s power  supply is up to the task. My example PC has a robust 750W Corsair power  supply, which should be sufficient. Check the manufacturer&#39;s specs for  minimum power requirements before you take the plunge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ensure  that the case has enough room for the new card. Graphics boards have  become longer over the years, and the space in older cases may be a  little tight. In my example PC, the GTX 560 Ti just barely fits inside  the older Antec Sonata Designer 500 case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Download the latest driver for the new graphics card. Don&#39;t install it yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  Uninstall the older graphics drivers. Even if you&#39;re installing a GPU  of the same brand as before, removing the older drivers prior to  installing the new card is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Power down the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu4_jpg_88374.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;6. Remove any power connectors from the old graphics card. Also remove the screws that attach the connector bracket to the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.  Ensure that no clutter--cables or wiring--surrounds the card. In  addition, large CPU heat sinks can interfere with physical card removal  or installation, so you may need to remove the heat sink. Be sure to  detach the monitor cable from the old graphics card&#39;s outside connector,  too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Most motherboards have a little latch that locks the  graphics card securely into its slot. You may find it necessary to hold  this latch down (or aside) while removing the card with your other hand.&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu5_jpg_99201.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.  If the amount of room inside the case is too constricted, you might  have to preattach the PCI Express power connectors to the new card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.  Install the new graphics board, first making sure that no small wires  are overhanging the PCI Express slot. If the card seems difficult to  push down, check to see whether the connector bracket is sliding in  properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Once the card is firmly in place, replace the connector-bracket screws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.  Attach the monitor cable. If you&#39;ve been using a VGA cable, and your  monitor has a digital input (DVI, HDMI, or DisplayPort), now is a good  opportunity to switch to digital inputs with the right cable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gu6_jpg_16501.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;13.  Double-check to confirm that the graphics card&#39;s power connectors are  in place. Additionally, verify that no small wires or cables will  interfere with any of the cooling fans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Power up the PC. If  you hear any rattling, it indicates that something is rubbing against  the fans; power down and check to make sure that no fans have become  blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. Once the system is powered up and running normally,  install the latest drivers for the graphics card. One more reboot, and  you&#39;re good to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Loyd Case&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-upgrade-your-graphics-card.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-7101082265423961963</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:50:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:50:43.944-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">WINDOWS 7</category><title>How To Update Your Video Drivers in Windows 7</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Updating your Video driver&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/nvid_ati1_jpg_33204.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;For  starters, what exactly does a driver do? Windows uses a driver to help  the computer communicate with various gadgets, both internal and  external, that are attached to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to update the  video driver when either the Operating System changes, or some new  software causes a conflict with your video card driver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows 7 has built-in drivers and will often automatically install a  driver when a new device is detected, given that the driver is already  in the Windows driver library on the machine. Occasionally, the system  might not recognize a new device and so you will be asked to install a  driver manually from DVD or from the Internet. To update a driver,  you&#39;ll need to download its latest version from the video card  manufacturer&#39;s Web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for updating your graphics card driver is quite easy and it is as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click Start, type &#39;device manager&#39;, then press Enter&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd1_jpg_36667.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd1_179_jpg_20542.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd2_jpg_69151.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd2_179_jpg_11280.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.  Expand the tree for &#39;Display adapters&#39;. You should see an entry that  displays the name of the particular graphics card (integrated or  discreet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd3_jpg_62232.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd3_179_jpg_86333.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd4_jpg_18397.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd4_179_jpg_61696.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Right-click that entry, then click &#39;Update Driver Software&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd5_jpg_83635.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd5_179_jpg_19465.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  Click &#39;Search automatically for updated driver software&#39;. Windows then  proceeds to locate, download and then install the proper drivers for  your video hardware. This software search is conducted via the internet  through the Microsoft WHQL library (this is only if &#39;Windows Update&#39; has  been enabled).Â&amp;nbsp;If your driver software is already upto date, then  Windows would display the message that the latest driver is already  installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd6_jpg_18102.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/vd6_179_jpg_67806.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative could be for you to visit the desktop/notebook manufacturer&#39;s website to download the latest driver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly,  once you know the type of graphics card you have, you can visit the  video/graphics card manufacturer&#39;s website to download the latest  driver. It&#39;s always advisable to download the driver version for the  card that you have, rather than for some other card, otherwise it could  make your system inoperable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Eric Ernest&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-update-your-video-drivers-in.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-7272414184020709458</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:47:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:47:54.446-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOTHERBOARD</category><title>Upgrade Your Motherboard the Easy Way</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Switch.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;Even accomplished geeks shy away  from motherboard upgrades on their main PCs. Years ago, I would often  upgrade gaming and test systems in my own basement lab, but keep  chugging along with a production machine using a two-year-old  motherboard and CPU.&lt;br /&gt;
Then I learned how to swap in a new motherboard without having to  deal with a clean install. It isn&#39;t that difficult, provided you do a  little up-front prep. The hard part is not the hardware  installation--modern motherboards are easier to set up and install than  in years past--it&#39;s bringing up an existing Windows installation and all  your applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;147&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m1_jpg_93198.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;In  this article I&#39;m going to focus on a single-generation upgrade.  Examples might include moving from an Intel Core 2-generation board to a  Core i5/i7 board, or from an AMD Athlon 64 X2 AM2 board to a Phenom  X4-capable board. Even in this case, you may be looking at additional  hardware--particularly memory, if you&#39;re moving from DDR2 RAM to DDR3.&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically, I won&#39;t look at trying to move from very old hardware  (say, a motherboard with AGP) to brand-new hardware. If you&#39;re planning  on moving from ancient gear to current gear, a clean install really is  the best way to go.&lt;br /&gt;
Here I&#39;ll walk you through the process of upgrading the motherboard  in an existing PC, including taking care of all the software issues. The  goal is to keep and maintain your existing Windows installation even  after a motherboard upgrade. I&#39;ll focus on the process with Windows 7,  but I&#39;ll also offer tips and tricks for Windows XP and Windows Vista.&lt;br /&gt;
Performing a motherboard upgrade is fairly simple, and consists of  three parts: pre-upgrade preparation, the physical swap, and  post-upgrade polishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Prepping for the Swap&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 1: Back Up!&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One key point to remember: You are putting your data at risk. Even if  you&#39;re not into regular backups, now is the time to back up your  system. I suggest backing up your valuable data onto an external drive  first. Then, if possible, make an image backup of your entire hard  drive, using a tool such as Acronis True Image ($50) or DriveImage XML  (free). You don&#39;t have to clone to another hard drive; just put an image  file on another drive, even on the external drive that contains the  data backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 2: Collect Software Registration Keys&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Take a close look at all the software you&#39;re running. Most modern  applications require entering a registration key. You may have to  reenter those keys, so make sure that you have them on hand, preferably  on hard copy. If you have a lot of programs, grab Magical Jelly Bean  Keyfinder--it will pull all of your registration keys so that you can  easily record them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 3: Deactivate or Uninstall Activated Applications&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an application requires activation, it may see a new motherboard  as an attempt to copy the software illegally, and it may refuse to run  as a result. For example, most Adobe professional apps (Photoshop, After  Effects, Premiere Pro, and the suites, CS3 or later) require  activation. However, they also have a handy &quot;Deactivate&quot; button in the  help menu. If you&#39;re running an Adobe suite, you need to deactivate only  one app to take care of the whole affair; but if you&#39;ve installed  individual programs, you&#39;ll have to deactivate those as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;104&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m2_jpg_13577.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: text-bottom;&quot; width=&quot;350&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, some games will require deactivation or uninstallation if  they&#39;ve been activated. Whatever the application, if it has gone through  an activation process, you need to be prepared to reactivate it when  you&#39;re installing a new motherboard. This rule of thumb may include  Windows itself--I&#39;ll talk about how to take care of that in the  post-upgrade section.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s possible to skip the uninstall step for some apps, but doing so  may mean that you&#39;ll find yourself calling the company for a new  activation. I&#39;ve done this for both Adobe and Microsoft apps without any  issues, but it can be time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 4: Update Your Drivers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This step is particularly useful if you&#39;re moving from an older Intel  chipset to a newer one (or from an older AMD chipset to a more recent  generation). The latest Intel chipset drivers, which you can download  from Intel&#39;s Website, are generally supersets, so the driver for your  motherboard will also install drivers and .INF files for newer chipsets.  Note that these files aren&#39;t actually active in your system, but are  enumerated and installed when you bring up Windows for the first time on  the new board.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s also a good time to update your graphics board&#39;s drivers and, if  you have a discrete sound card, your audio drivers. If you&#39;re using the  motherboard&#39;s integrated audio, you&#39;ll obviously be installing those  drivers after the upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 5: Check Your Storage Settings&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
First, check your disk-interface settings. Migrating between chipsets  from different companies can be problematic. For example, if you&#39;re  moving from an nVidia chipset to an Intel one, you&#39;ll want to make sure  that your PC isn&#39;t running proprietary nVidia drivers for IDE.  Otherwise, you might experience a blue-screen error on first  boot--namely, the dreaded &#39;STOP 0x0000007&#39; error, indicating that the  disk interface is unrecognized.&lt;br /&gt;
For this article, I&#39;ll be upgrading a relatively standard desktop  system with a single boot drive. Similar considerations hold true for  RAID setups, however. If you&#39;re running RAID 1, you might want to revert  to a single-volume setup until you get the system up and running. If  you&#39;re running RAID 0, it&#39;s more complicated if the chipset  manufacturers differ; you may have to reimage the volume to a single  drive until after the installation. Note that moving from one Intel RAID  generation to the next usually works without a hitch.&lt;br /&gt;
This is one reason backups are critical: You are changing your primary storage driver.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that I&#39;m talking about boot drives here. If you have a RAID 1 or  RAID 0 secondary drive, you&#39;ll probably be okay--but back up before  upgrading anyway. There&#39;s always the chance that the new system won&#39;t  recognize your old RAID volume if you&#39;re using the motherboard chipset  to handle RAID.&lt;br /&gt;
If your machine is booting off an add-in disk-controller board (for  instance, a PCI Express SAS or SCSI controller), you might not have a  problem with the first boot, but there&#39;s no guarantee. You may have to  perform a Windows repair (possible with Windows XP or Windows 7, but  something you can&#39;t really do with Vista).&lt;br /&gt;
If you are migrating between similar chipsets (old Intel to new  Intel, for example) and are running Intel RAID or AHCI (Advanced Host  Controller Interface) mode, update the Intel RAID drivers to the latest  version.&lt;br /&gt;
Check your BIOS setting to be certain, and make sure your new  motherboard&#39;s settings are the same before fully booting for the first  time. For example, if you&#39;re running AHCI in the current arrangement,  set your new motherboard to AHCI in the BIOS prior to your first system  start.&lt;br /&gt;
There are other possibilities as well--and if you have an unusually complex setup, a clean install may be the only way to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Upgrade.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Upgrade&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;178&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m3_jpg_43612.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;For  this article, I picked a pretty straightforward project. The system to  be upgraded had an Intel Core 2 Duo E8400 CPU running on an Intel  DX48BT2 motherboard, which uses an Intel X48 chipset. Though it was  already a fairly fast system, it served my purposes, as it consisted of a  last-generation CPU running on top of an older chipset.&lt;br /&gt;
I replaced the DX48BT2 with an Intel DX58SO motherboard, plus a Core i7 930 processor (2.8GHz) and 6GB of DDR3 memory from OCZ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;170&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m4_jpg_11351.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;The  original system had a few games, Microsoft Office, and Windows 7  Professional 64-bit edition. Office, of course, required activation, as  did Windows itself.&lt;br /&gt;
To swap in the new gear, find a good work space that&#39;s flat, dry, and  free of static electricity. If you live in a cold, dry area, running a  humidifier in the background may be worthwhile. If possible, ground  yourself with an antistatic strap; if you don&#39;t have one, be sure to  touch bare metal to ensure that you&#39;ve discharged static electricity  before proceeding.&lt;br /&gt;
First, remove the old motherboard. You need to be careful when  removing the CPU cooler and, in particular, the tiny connectors that run  to the status LEDs, as well as the power and reset buttons. In fact,  make sure to disconnect all wiring and cables before you start pulling  out mounting screws. You&#39;ll probably want to remove the old memory and  CPU, as well, storing them in appropriate, static-free containers.  (Note: Tupperware and similar containers are not a good idea.)&lt;br /&gt;
You&#39;ll need a number 2 Phillips screwdriver, and possibly some fine  needlenose pliers. Once you&#39;ve disconnected all the wiring, take out the  mounting screws and set them aside, and then wiggle the motherboard out  carefully. Store the board in an antistatic envelope. Be sure to remove  the ATX I/O plate, too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Motherboard Installation&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;119&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m5_jpg_63435.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Before  you drop in the new motherboard, check the standoffs that accept the  mounting screws. Make sure they&#39;re installed--some may have come out  when you removed the original board. Also confirm that they&#39;re properly  aligned vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;135&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m6_jpg_14143.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Unpack the new motherboard, making sure to remove the CPU socket protector before proceeding with CPU installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#39;t forget to install the ATX I/O back plate, or you&#39;ll find yourself removing the motherboard to install it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;73&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m7_jpg_54162.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Now  it&#39;s time to prep the new motherboard. Just to make life interesting,  on my system I decided to use a high-end CPU cooler, the Thermalright  Ultra120. That requires the installation of a mounting plate on the  backside of the motherboard.&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re using a stock Intel cooler, you can skip this step; the  Intel cooler uses expansion pushpins to lock down the cooler, so no  mounting plate is necessary. Just be certain that the pushpins line up  properly before you press down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;177&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m8_jpg_65200.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;138&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m9_jpg_15544.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;The  Thermalright mounting plate fits snugly; but don&#39;t push too hard, as  the motherboard itself has a mounting plate for the LGA1366 socket.&lt;br /&gt;
Flip the board over, making sure the cooler mounting plate doesn&#39;t  fall off. Now gently insert the CPU into the socket, confirming that the  notches on the side of the CPU circuit &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; board align with the tabs on the  socket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;199&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m10_jpg_16866.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;185&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m11_jpg_20185.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Attach  the heat-sink mounting brackets, screwing down gently--don&#39;t screw the  brackets too tightly. Then spread a thin layer of thermal paste on the  surface of the CPU heat spreader to ensure robust thermal contact with  the heat sink.&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to installing the cooler, install the DDR3 memory modules into  the appropriate sockets. I chose my specific set of DDR3 modules partly  because they&#39;re relatively low profile,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and don&#39;t have extra-tall heat  sinks of their own; otherwise, the Thermalright heat sink wouldn&#39;t have  fit.&lt;br /&gt;
The Ultra120 heat sink attaches with two spring-loaded screws. Make  sure the center pin on the screw mound nests into the dimple on the  upper side of the heat sink.&lt;br /&gt;
This image doesn&#39;t show the 120mm cooling fan that attaches to the  heat sink; that part just slides on with a simple plastic clip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Making the Connections&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you&#39;ve installed the motherboard, CPU, memory, and cooler, it&#39;s  time to attach all of the connectors. Your motherboard documentation  will show you the layout for these, so consult that before proceeding.  Here are the basics you&#39;ll need to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Primary power&lt;br /&gt;
- ATX12V secondary CPU power connector (four-pin or eight-pin; if you have a choice, go with eight-pin)&lt;br /&gt;
- Power and reset switches, plus hard-drive and power-activity LEDs&lt;br /&gt;
- Fan connectors, including the CPU cooling fan&lt;br /&gt;
-  USB and front-panel audio (your system may also have a front-panel  FireWire connector; my Coolermaster Sileo 500 case lacked that amenity)&lt;br /&gt;
- SATA connectors on the motherboard (make sure to do this before you install the graphics board)&lt;br /&gt;
- Storage connectors to the hard drives and optical drives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, install the PCI Express graphics card and make sure to attach the PCIe power connectors to the card.&lt;br /&gt;
Okay, now it&#39;s time to boot the system, right? Well, not quite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Aftermath.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;b&gt;Review: Things to Check&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Always go back and review what you&#39;ve done before booting up the PC--I always forget something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Is the memory seated properly?&lt;br /&gt;
-Is the CPU cooling fan connected to power?&lt;br /&gt;
-Are the mounting screws screwed in properly?&lt;br /&gt;
-Is the ATX I/O back plate installed?&lt;br /&gt;
-Are the power and reset switch connectors attached?&lt;br /&gt;
-Are the IDE and power LED connectors attached?&lt;br /&gt;
-Is the case-fan power connected?&lt;br /&gt;
-Are the storage data and power cables connected?&lt;br /&gt;
-Are both the main and ATX12V power cables connected?&lt;br /&gt;
-Is the PCI Express power connected to the graphics board?&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you&#39;ve double-checked all the connections, you need to  attach the external cabling, namely the power, keyboard, mouse, network,  and video cables. Next, you&#39;ll power up the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Post-Upgrade Follow-Up&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Before you attempt to boot into Windows, get into the BIOS setup  program by pressing F2 (Intel motherboards) or Del (most other  motherboards). You want to check the boot order, particularly if you  have more than one hard drive--you need to make sure that the Windows  boot drive is the first drive the system sees. Most modern motherboards  allow you to specify which SATA drive is the boot drive.&lt;br /&gt;
Also check that you have the right storage type specified for your  configuration: IDE, AHCI, or RAID. (Note: If you&#39;re using a solid-state  drive, don&#39;t enable AHCI.)&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#39;re confident that the correct boot drive is specified, boot up the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;119&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m12_jpg_54254.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Assuming  you&#39;ve connected everything properly, you should see the Windows 7 boot  screen. You&#39;ll then need to wait as Windows enumerates all the new  hardware. Since I installed the latest Intel motherboard drivers prior  to taking out the old motherboard, this process went smoothly for me.&lt;br /&gt;
After all the devices have been enumerated and the drivers updated, you&#39;ll need to reboot the PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;86&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m13_jpg_13149.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Once  you&#39;ve rebooted a second time, check to see if Windows thinks it needs  to be activated. You may get a warning to this effect. You can just  bring up the system property sheet (in the System control panel) and  look at the bottom. There you&#39;ll see an &#39;activate windows now&#39; query,  along with an expiration period. I&#39;ve encountered grace periods as short  as three days in a motherboard upgrade; in other instances, Windows  doesn&#39;t need reactivation. It seems to be something of a crap shoot, but  the majority of the time, you&#39;ll need to reactivate the OS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;157&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/m14_jpg_17482.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;In  my particular case, activating over the Internet worked fine. Bear in  mind, however, that you may have to resort to contacting the Microsoft  activation hotline via telephone if activation over the Internet is  denied. The process takes only a few minutes, and requires entering  codes into fields. If the automated system asks you how many computers  this copy of Windows is running on, make sure you answer &quot;1&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Cross-Chipset and Cross-CPU Upgrades&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re moving from AMD to Intel or vice versa, or if the new  motherboard uses a chipset from a different manufacturer than the old  one, you need to do a little more work.&lt;br /&gt;
First, grab your Windows setup disc and your Windows CD key. If  you&#39;re upgrading a Windows XP installation, boot from the Windows XP CD.  Follow the normal instructions for installing Windows XP, but do not  reformat or perform a clean install. Instead, follow the prompts for a  repair install. What that will do is update the storage driver to one  that Windows will recognize when it boots.&lt;br /&gt;
This also works with Windows 7, using the &#39;Repair My System&#39; option. In both cases you&#39;ll need to reenter the Windows key.&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Vista makes the process more painful: Vista has no repair  option, a serious oversight on Microsoft&#39;s part. What has sometimes  worked is to boot into safe mode, install the new storage drivers (from  the motherboard maker&#39;s CD or floppy disk), and then proceed with the  boot. But if that doesn&#39;t work, you may find yourself performing a clean  install after all--which is why backing up your system prior to an  upgrade is critical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Final Thoughts&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade path I present in this article is simple and  straightforward, but lays down the groundwork you&#39;ll need if you have a  more-complex setup. I&#39;ve performed this type of upgrade several times  now with Windows 7, and the machines all continue to run trouble-free.&lt;br /&gt;
Even if you think you might need to perform a reformat and a clean  install, try running your existing Windows installation first. You might  be pleasantly surprised at the result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/upgrade-your-motherboard-easy-way.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-5283718505237039539</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:43:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:43:25.303-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOBILE</category><title>9 Ways to Secure Your Mobile Devices</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Securing your Mobile Devices&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;From coffee  shops to planes, trains, and cruise ships, we&#39;ve become accustomed to  having ready access to the Internet just about anywhere. The problem is,  it&#39;s easy to forget how vulnerable that makes us to security threats.&lt;br /&gt;
Consider the following threat scenario. Someone can log into your Facebook account via &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/news/firefox-security-under-threat-firesheep-add-39582010&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Firesheep&lt;/a&gt;,  a Firefox extension that can intercept unencrypted cookies from certain  Websites on any open Wi-Fi network, making it possible to steal login  credentials for sites like Facebook and Twitter, or even access your  e-mail.&lt;br /&gt;
Think it can&#39;t happen to you? Think again. Fortunately, a combination  of plain old common sense and some technology can protect your  devices--quickly and fairly easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;How Your Gadgets May Be Vulnerable&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you&#39;re traveling with a laptop, netbook, smartphone, iPad, or  all of the above, the risks and defenses against them are basically the  same, according to Joe Nocera, an information security expert and a  principal with PricewaterhouseCoopers. &quot;Many of the security concerns  that people think about when they think about their personal computers  are applicable in the mobile world.&quot; As mobile devices become more  sophisticated, they lend themselves to the same types of access to  e-mail, passwords, and other secure information that PCs have done in  the past.&lt;br /&gt;
Because today&#39;s devices are so much more powerful and can hold so  much more information than ever before, the risks are increasing, says  Martin Hack, information security expert and executive vice president of  NCP Engineering, a software company that helps businesses with their  secure remote access systems. Add to that our tendency to carry both  personal and business information around with us on the same device, and  our mobile devices have never looked so appealing to hackers, he says.&lt;br /&gt;
As specific mobile devices become more popular, they become more of a  target for hackers. &quot;Five years ago, the vulnerabilities were  Microsoft-based and targeting PCs. Apple tended not to be targeted so  often,&quot; says Nocera. &quot;But, in the last year and a half or so, we&#39;re  seeing a shift. More and more often we&#39;re seeing either Android- or  iPhone-based vulnerabilities being targeted. We predict that by 2014  you&#39;ll see those types of vulnerabilities being the most targeted as  more and more users go to those mobile devices.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is it&#39;s not difficult or even expensive to protect your  devices and the information on them. The fixes are simple. The problem,  stated quite eloquently in an old Pogo comic strip, is: &quot;We have met  the enemy and he is us.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;227&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/ad_447_jpg_14569.jpg&quot; style=&quot;vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;10 Tips for Keeping Your Mobile Devices Secure&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Make sure your software is up-to-date. The first line of defense,  says Nocera, is making sure that all your software is up-to-date.  &quot;Almost every release of software patches a number of security  vulnerabilities that are out there,&quot; he says. Before every trip, or at  least every few weeks, it&#39;s a good idea to check the manufacturer&#39;s Web  site (or search Google) to see if a software or firmware update is  available. If there&#39;s a new one, download it, unless there&#39;s a massive  firestorm of negative reviews from early adopters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Employ strong passwords. &quot;Be sure to use some combination of  letters, numbers and/or special characters of 8 characters or more,&quot;  says Jeremy Miller, director of operations for Kroll Fraud Solutions.  &quot;Avoid using dictionary words. Instead, [use] acronyms for things like  favorite songs, restaurants or other items known only to you. And change  the password frequently--at least once every six months.&quot; If you&#39;re  just not feeling clever enough to create your own passwords, programs  likeRoboForm will do it for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Don&#39;t mess with the security settings. Nocera notes that most of  the default browser settings in Android, iPhone, and Blackberry phones  are fairly secure out of the box. &quot;I recommend not going in to change  browser security settings--they&#39;re pretty good already,&quot; he says.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Avoid unencrypted public wireless networks. Such Wi-Fi networks  require no authentication or password to log into, so anyone can access  them--including the bad guys. In some cases, bad guys set up an open  network to snare unsuspecting people. Encrypted networks, on the other  hand, are those that require an ID or password for access--you&#39;ll find  such networks at many hotels and coffee shops that offer Wi-Fi services.  These networks have two different types of security--WEP (wired  equivalent privacy) and WPA (Wi-Fi protected access); the second is most  secure. Even encrypted networks, though, have risks--it&#39;s possible for  bad guys to gain access to encrypted networks at a hotel or cafe, for  instance, so be cautious about the sorts of things you do on such  networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Besides avoiding connecting to unencrypted networks, turn off Wi-Fi  when you&#39;re not using it. This will prevent you from automatically  connecting to networks (and it will extend your device&#39;s battery life).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Paying to access a Wi-Fi network doesn&#39;t mean it&#39;s secure. Access  fees do not equal security. Just because you pay a fee to access a Wi-Fi  network doesn&#39;t mean that the network is secure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. URLs beginning with &#39;https:&#39; are safer (but not foolproof).  Whenever you&#39;re accessing a site where you&#39;ll be sharing personal or  confidential information--your bank&#39;s site, for example--you want to  make sure that you&#39;re doing so securely. The s in https means that  you&#39;re connected to the site via the Secure Socket Layer (SSL). In  layman&#39;s terms, this means that all data transmitted to that particular  Website over the Internet is encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
SSL is not foolproof though: If you&#39;re on an unencrypted network  connection, you may still be subject to man-in-the-middle (MITM)  attacks, a form of eavesdropping where the bad guy makes a connection  independently with two parties and then &quot;gets in the middle,&quot; making  both believe that they are talking directly to each other.&lt;br /&gt;
These types of attacks are rare, but to guard against them, make sure  you&#39;re both connected to a secured network and that Websites use https  when you&#39;re entering sensitive information.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, says Nocera, most e-mail service providers have both a  clear text option (that sends unencrypted data) and an encryption (SSL)  option. &quot;Make sure you have the SSL option enabled,&quot; he says.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Use VPN. If you have access to a VPN (virtual private network),  use it. A VPN provides secure access to an organization&#39;s network and  allows you to get online behind a secure layer that protects your  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Turn off cookies and autofill. If your mobile device automatically  enters passwords and login information into Websites you visit  frequently, turn that feature off. It&#39;s convenient, but it can also be a  privacy threat. To get back some of the convenience that autofill  offers, you can try third-party apps, available for most platforms, that  can manage saved passwords with a higher level of security. Mac OS X,  for instance, comes with a built-in password manager--Keychain. KeePass  is a free, open-source password manager for some versions of Windows.  For iOS and Android smartphones, there&#39;sLastPass, 1Password, and  SplashID. Using them is not as secure as turning off autofill  altogether, but it&#39;s one way to strike a good balance. In the end, a  little inconvenience can go a long way toward added security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Watch your apps! Apps are great, and many are free, so it can be  tempting to download with abandon. But, Nocera cautions, you should be  selective about the apps you download, particularly in the Android  market, because &quot;the Android app market is a little bit more open,&quot;  without the strict developer guidelines found in Apple&#39;s App Store. Do  some due diligence before downloading apps. Make sure that you trust the  developer and have taken the time to review some of comments.&lt;br /&gt;
TaintDroid is an Android tool that can identify apps that transmit  private data and notify users that a third-party application is  requesting private information. However, it&#39;s not an app that&#39;s offered  through the Android Market. Instead, users have to manually compile and  build the app using the framework provided by anÂ app analysis company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;If You Still Get Hacked...&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you do everything right and still have your information stolen,  what should you do? The damage can often be repaired simply by changing  your password (to one much stronger) and sending a message via the  network that was affected, explaining what happened. What if one of your  devices gets stolen? Be sure that all of your mobile devices have a  remote wipe or autowipe feature. For Apple&#39;s iPhone and iPad, there&#39;s  Apple&#39;s MobileMe service. GoogleApps offers a solution for Android as  well. If your device is lost or you know there&#39;s been a breach, you can  quickly and remotely perform a factory reset from any computer connected  to the Internet, wiping out all of the device&#39;s data and even locking  it indefinitely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Logan Kugler&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/9-ways-to-secure-your-mobile-devices.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-1826122488681787152</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:39:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:39:35.982-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">LAN</category><title>How to Edit LAN Settings</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;            &lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Editing LAN settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2011/lansettingadd1-179.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2011/lansettingadd1-179.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;When you get a  new Internet connection, you most probably will be required to change  the Network fields in the &#39;TCP/IP properties&#39; to the preferred values  used by the ISP. We will show you how this is done in Windows 7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Instructions:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the &#39;Control Panel&#39; through the Windows Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings1_400_jpg_21165.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;2. Click on the &#39;Network and Internet&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings2_400_jpg_19249.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Proceed to the &#39;Network and Sharing center&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings3_400_jpg_21860.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click on &#39;change adapter settings&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings4_400_jpg_19121.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Right click on the &#39;properties&#39; of the &#39;Local Area connection&#39; to review or edit your LAN settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettingsadd_400_jpg_61789.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.  In the pop up window, select &#39;Internet Protocol&#39; (generally viewed as  &#39;Internet Protocol version 4 (TCP/IP v4)&#39; and click on the &#39;Properties&#39;  button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettingadd1_400_jpg_19915.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.The TCP/IP v4 pop up will have all the important network info such as IP address, subnet mask.&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the radio button with the option &#39;Use the following IP  address&#39;. Do the same for the &#39;DNS server option&#39; (generally, once  you click on the radio button to manually edit the IP address, the radio  button for the DNS server automatically moves to the option for  manually editing the DNS server addresses). Proceed to manually enter  the preferred IP address, Subnet Mask, Default gateway, and preferred  and alternate DNS server&#39;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettingadd3_400_jpg_12152.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettingadd4_400_jpg_12447.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click O.K. The preferred changes would have been incorporated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Eric Ernest&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-edit-lan-settings.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-3769496160510580233</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:34:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:34:44.719-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">WINDOWS 7</category><title>How to Renew IP Address</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;            &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2011/renew1-179.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2011/renew1-179.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Renewing IP Address in Windows 7&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;How  often is it that, when we have problems accessing a page (&#39;Page Not  found error&#39;), we call the customer service folks to only have them  tell us the &#39;steps&#39; for rectifying the problem? The &#39;help&#39; advice from  the service centre usually involves them telling you to disconnect and  re-connect your modem. However you might as well save on the call to the  service centre by taking matters into your own hands. You can do this  by just renewing your IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
What exactly is the IP address? It is the unique numerical name which  specifies the address of your system when it&#39;Âs connected to the  internet/network. For example, an IP address would look something like  this 185.161.30.74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the steps to follow when renewing your IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;Instructions:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Control panel via the Windows start button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings1_400_jpg_16595.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click on the &#39;Network and Internet&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings2_400_jpg_17794.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Proceed to the &#39;Network and Sharing center&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings3_400_jpg_17077.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click on &quot;Change Network Adapter Settings,&quot; and that will open a Local Area Connection window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/lansettings4_400_jpg_24722.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Right-click on Local Area Connection and select &quot;disable.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/ip_diasble_400_jpg_15914.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Once this is done, a message showing &quot;disabled&quot; will appear under the &#39;Local Area Connection icon&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/ip_diasble1_400_jpg_19714.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.  Unplug your modem and Wait till all the lights are out. Wait for around  60 seconds, then plug the modem back in. Give the modem at least one  minute to fully reset. You will know the modem is reset when the lights  are back to the normal state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. When the modem is reset,  right-click on the LAN icon and select &#39;enable&#39;. You will see the  message &#39;enabling&#39; under the LAN icon quickly followed by  &#39;initializing&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/ip_enable_400_jpg_40319.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px; vertical-align: middle;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once this is completed, you will be able to access the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Eric Ernest&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-renew-ip-address.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-7504997745706658615</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:26:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:30:25.504-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">REGISTRY</category><title>6 Registry Hacks to Make Your PC Faster</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tweak Your System Speed&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;The Windows Registry  is a database that holds your operating system&#39;s configurations and  settings. This includes everything from how long your mouse must hover  over a taskbar icon before the preview pops up (in Windows Vista and  Windows 7) to performance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;119&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh1_jpg_40968.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Windows  7 (and Vista) have more eye-candy features built into the operating  system, but a number of Registry hacks and tweaks can speed up--or, at  least, appear to speed up--the performance of your computer. Before we  start mucking around with your PC&#39;s guts, however, we&#39;re going to make  sure that you have a reliable backup of your Registry in case something  goes sour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though editing the Windows Registry is not nearly as scary as it  sounds, making an incorrect change can cripple your system. To ensure  that this doesn&#39;t happen, it&#39;s important to take the precaution of  backing up part, or all, of the Registry before you proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Back Up the Entire Registry &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To back up your Registry, you can use the free Registry-specific backup tool &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.larshederer.homepage.t-online.de/erunt/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ERUNT&lt;/a&gt;  (Emergency Recovery Utility NT). ERUNT is simple to use, more reliable  than System Restore, and works with Windows XP, Vista, and 7 (even  64-bit versions). ERUNT also saves each restore point independently of  the other points, unlike System Restore (in System Restore, all restore  points are dependent on other points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Back Up Part of the Registry&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re changing just one part of the Windows Registry, and you  know which part that is, you don&#39;t have to back up the entire Registry.  Instead, you can back up the part you plan on changing using the  Registry&#39;s export feature.&lt;br /&gt;
First, go to Start, Run, type regedit, and press Yes. This will open the Registry Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, find the part of the Registry you&#39;re going to change.  Right-click on the Registry key you plan on changing, and click  &quot;Export.&quot; The Registry Editor will prompt you to save a .reg file to  your hard drive.&lt;br /&gt;
To undo Registry changes, just find your .reg file and double-click  it. The .reg file will reset your Registry values to their existing  values (but will not remove values that you&#39;ve added).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Hack Your Registry&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;168&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh2_new_jpg_13165.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Now  that you&#39;ve backed up your Registry--perhaps more than once--it&#39;s time  to start hacking away. To get to the Windows Registry, go to Start &amp;gt;  Run (in Windows Vista/7 you will have to type run into the Start menu  search bar and press Enter). Type regedit, click Yes, and the Registry  Editor will open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Hack 1: Speed Up Aero Peek&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;146&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh3_new_jpg_14546.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Windows  7&#39;s Aero Peek lets you see the desktop when you move your mouse cursor  over to the &quot;show desktop&quot; button at the end of the taskbar. The  standard delay time for the Aero Peek preview is 500 milliseconds, or  half a second. Here&#39;s how to speed it up:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Registry Editor and go to HKEY_CURRENT_USER &amp;gt; Software  &amp;gt; Microsoft &amp;gt; Windows &amp;gt; CurrentVersion &amp;gt; Explorer &amp;gt;  Advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Right-click on the right pane and click New &amp;gt; DWORD (32-bit) Value. Name the new DWORD &quot;DesktopLivePreviewHoverTime.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Double-click on DesktopLivePreviewHoverTime to open it. Under  &quot;Base,&quot; click Decimal and then enter the delay time (in milliseconds) in  the &quot;Value data&quot; field. Click OK, and your Aero Peek time will be set.  You can set the value to higher (a longer delay time) if you&#39;re  activating it too often by accident, or to lower (a shorter delay time)  if half a second is just too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Log off and log back on for the change to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Hack 2: Speed Up Taskbar Previews&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;144&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh4_new_jpg_14252.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;When  you roll over taskbar icons in Windows Vista and in Windows 7, little  previews appear. The standard delay time for these previews is 400  milliseconds, or just under half a second. If this is too slow (or too  fast) for you, you can adjust the delay time with an easy Registry hack.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Registry Editor and go to HKEY_CURRENT_USER &amp;gt; Software  &amp;gt; Microsoft &amp;gt; Windows &amp;gt; CurrentVersion &amp;gt; Explorer &amp;gt;  Advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Right-click on the right pane and click New &amp;gt; DWORD (32-bit) Value. Name the new DWORD &quot;ExtendedUIHoverTime.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Double-click on ExtendedUIHoverTime to open it. Under &quot;Base,&quot;  click Decimal and then enter in the delay time (in milliseconds) in the  &quot;Value data&quot; field. Click OK to set the time (default is 400  milliseconds).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Log off and then log back in for the change to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Hack 3: Speed Up Menus&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;106&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh5_new_jpg_27914.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;If you&#39;d like to speed up the menus in Windows Vista or Windows 7, try this easy Registry tweak:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Registry Editor and go to HKEY_CURRENT_USER &amp;gt; Control Panel &amp;gt; Desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find MenuShowDelay and double-click to open. Adjust the value in  milliseconds (the default is 400 milliseconds, or just under half a  second).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Log off and then log back on for the change to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Hack 4: Prevent Reboots&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;152&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh6_new_jpg_19632.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;If  you have a habit of leaving your computer on all the time (as do I),  you&#39;ll occasionally run into the problem of automatic system reboots.  These usually happen after Windows downloads some sort of important  update, and will usually be preceded by a notification (that gives you  about 10 to 15 minutes warning, unless you click it away). If you&#39;re not  around to see said notification, and you have a lot of windows or  important documents open on your computer, these reboots can be a  hassle.&lt;br /&gt;
So here&#39;s how to keep your computer from automatically rebooting with  an easy Registry hack. This hack works for Windows XP, Windows Vista,  and Windows 7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Registry Editor and go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE &amp;gt; SOFTWARE &amp;gt; Policies &amp;gt; Microsoft &amp;gt; Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Right-click in the right pane and select New &amp;gt; Key. This will create a new folder. Name the new folder &quot;WindowsUpdate.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Open WindowsUpdate and right-click in the right pane (there will  be a value already in the pane called &quot;Default&quot;). Select New &amp;gt; DWORD  (32-bit) Value. Name this DWORD &quot;NoAutoRebootWithLoggedOnUsers.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Open NoAutoRebootWithLoggedOnUsers and change the Value data to 1.  Do not change the Base button to &quot;Decimal&quot;; instead, keep it at  &quot;Hexadecimal.&quot; Click OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Exit the Registry Editor and log off and log back in for the  settings to take effect. Your system will now&lt;br /&gt;
never force a reboot  without your explicit permission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Hack 5: Disable Notification Balloons&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;160&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/rh7_new_jpg_95147.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;If  you hate pop-up notification balloons on your Windows Vista or Windows 7  taskbar, you can disable them using a simple Registry hack:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Registry Editor and go to HKEY_CURRENT_USER &amp;gt; Software  &amp;gt; Microsoft &amp;gt; Windows &amp;gt; CurrentVersion &amp;gt; Explorer &amp;gt;  Advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Right-click on the right pane and select New &amp;gt; DWORD (32-bit) Value. Name your new DWORD &quot;EnableBalloonTips.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Double-click on EnableBalloonTips and set the Value data to 0. It  doesn&#39;t matter if you have Decimal or Hexadecimal clicked under &quot;Base,&quot;  because 0 is 0 in both decimal and hexadecimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Log off and log back on for the change to take effect. You&#39;ll no  longer see any annoying notification balloons from the taskbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Hack 6: Boot XP Faster&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Is Windows XP booting too slowly? Here&#39;s how to speed up your boot-time with a quick Registry tweak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Registry Editor and go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE &amp;gt; SYSTEM &amp;gt; CurrentControlSet &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Control &amp;gt; ContentIndex.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the right pane will be a value called &quot;StartupDelay.&quot;  Double-click on StartupDelay to open it. Change the &quot;Base&quot; from  Hexadecimal to Decimal, and enter 40,000 (the default setting is  480,000).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Exit the Registry Editor and restart your computer. Your computer  should boot up considerably faster--while this worked for me on my  Windows XP laptop, values lower than 40,000 didn&#39;t produce a noticeable  difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Sarah Jacobsson Purewal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/6-registry-hacks-to-make-your-pc-faster.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-7880615846065548898</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:22:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:22:12.448-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">GOOGLE</category><title>Previewing Your Gmail Messages</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;twocolumns&quot;&gt;                             &lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;                                 &lt;div class=&quot;block&quot;&gt;                                     &lt;div class=&quot;block-holder&quot;&gt;                                         &lt;div class=&quot;frame&quot;&gt;                                             &lt;div class=&quot;row-content&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;       &lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;    &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2011/GmailSettings3-179_0.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/05/2011/GmailSettings3-179_0.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;For  the past couple weeks I&#39;ve been stuck using my Web browser to access my  Gmail accounts, rather than my preferred method: Outlook. (It&#39;s all  because of the computer meltdown I mentioned in a few earlier posts.) It  gets the job done, but there&#39;s one thing about it that drives me nuts:  no preview pane. If I want to read an e-mail, I have to click it, then click again to  go back to my inbox and find the next message I want to read. Wash,  rinse, repeat. Come on, Google, it&#39;s 2011! How is it possible that  there&#39;s no preview-pane option for Gmail?&lt;br /&gt;
(In case you&#39;re not familiar with the terminology, what I mean is  dividing the inbox into two sections: one that shows the inbox, and one  that displays the contents of whatever e-mail I click. No jumping back  and forth between two full-screen options. It&#39;s how pretty much every  other e-mail client on the planet works.)&lt;br /&gt;
If this bugs you as much as it does me, you&#39;ll be glad to know  there&#39;s a stop-gap solution: Message Sneak Peek. By enabling this  feature, which is one of the &quot;experimental&quot; ones found in Google Labs,  you can read the contents of an e-mail without having to leave your  inbox. Simply right-click the message and presto: a preview window  appears. And it&#39;s even functional: You can archive, delete, or  mark-as-read the selected message.&lt;br /&gt;
Sound good? To enable this, head to Gmail in your browser, click the  little gear icon in the upper right corner, and then click Mail  settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gmailsettings_new_400_jpg_18175.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Labs link, then scroll down until you find Message Sneak Peek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gmailsettings1_400_jpg_12773.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click Enable, then scroll to the bottom of the page and click Save Changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gmailsettings2_400_jpg_32696.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now head back to your inbox and right-click any message to see the preview. Neat, huh?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/05/gmailsettings3_400_jpg_10841.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/previewing-your-gmail-messages.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-2217146489411913669</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:17:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:17:52.740-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">SMART PHONES</category><title>Extend Your Smartphone&#39;s Battery Life</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-info pc-info1&quot;&gt;   &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2011/smart1-179.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2011/smart1-179.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;strong&gt;10 Ways to Boost Your Smartphone&#39;s Battery Life&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;For  all of their power and versatility, smartphones--even the best of  them--are cursed with abysmal battery life. Unless you use your phone  very sparingly (and who does that?), you&#39;re lucky to make it home at the  end of the day with enough juice left in the battery for one more call.  But with the right apps and a little insight, you can double your  smartphone&#39;s battery life--and work (and play) longer than ever before.&lt;br /&gt;
Though some phones live a little longer than others on a single  charge, all smartphones suffer from the same basic problem: They do too  much. Any 3.7-volt battery small enough to fit into your phone&#39;s tiny  chassis stands no chance of lasting multiple days under a steady  workload of running apps, browsing the Web, sending e-mail, and doing  whatever else phones are expected to do. (Oh yeah, making calls.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most smartphone batteries today are rated at around 5 watt-hours,  meaning that they can deliver a constant charge of 1 watt to the device  over a period of 5 hours. If your phone actually uses 1 watt per hour,  and you pull it off the charger at 7:00 a.m., you can expect it to be  dead by lunchtime. So the key to increasing your phone&#39;s battery life is  to reduce the amount of power the handset uses per hour.&lt;br /&gt;
One obvious way to reduce your phone&#39;s energy draw is to use it less  (yeah, right). A more practical approach is to manage the phone&#39;s power  consumption by turning off unneeded features and turning down adjustable  features. Turning off your phone&#39;s radios when you&#39;re not using them,  reducing the screen&#39;s brightness, and killing apps that run in the  background are among the tricks that can help your phone&#39;s battery last  longer. They and other tricks and apps will help extend your phone&#39;s  overall workday by reducing its moment-to-moment energy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1. Dim the Screen&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You love your smartphone&#39;s large, colorful display, but it&#39;s the  battery&#39;s mortal enemy. More than any other component of your phone, the  display consumes battery life at a devastating pace. Most phones  include an auto-brightness feature that automatically adjusts the  screen&#39;s brightness to suit ambient lighting levels and system activity.  This mode uses less power than constantly running your screen at full  brightness would, of course, but you&#39;ll get even better results by  turning your screen&#39;s brightness down to the lowest setting that you can  tolerate and leaving it there. Even if you do nothing else suggested in  this guide, following this one tip will extend the life of your battery  dramatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2. Keep the Screen Timeout Short&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Under your phone&#39;s display settings menu, you should find an option  labeled &#39;Screen Timeout&#39; or something similar. This setting controls how  long your phone&#39;s screen stays lit after receiving input, such as a  tap. Every second counts here, so set your timeout to the shortest  available time. On most Android phones, the minimum is 15 seconds. If  your screen timeout is currently set to 2 minutes, consider reducing  that figure to 30 seconds or less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;3. Turn Off Bluetooth&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;375&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/06/smart2_new_jpg_21277.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: left; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;No  matter now much you love using Bluetooth in the car or with your  hands-free headset, the extra radio is constantly listening for signals  from the outside world. When you aren&#39;t in your car, or when you aren&#39;t  expecting a call that you&#39;ll want to take via a headset, turn off the  Bluetooth radio. (Besides, walking around with a Bluetooth headset in  your ear when you&#39;re not actually on a call doesn&#39;t do anything positive  for your street cred anyway.) By turning off Bluetooth when you&#39;re not  using it, you can add an hour or more to your phone&#39;s battery life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;4. Turn Off Wi-Fi When Not In Use&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As with Bluetooth, your phone&#39;s Wi-Fi radio is a serious battery  drainer. While you almost certainly should prefer the improved speed of  your home or office Wi-Fi connection to your mobile carrier&#39;s wireless  broadband for data services, there&#39;s no point in leaving the Wi-Fi radio  on when you&#39;re out and about. Toggle it off when you go out the door,  and turn it back on only when you plan to use data services within range  of your Wi-Fi network. Android users can add the Wi-Fi toggle widget to  their home screen to make this a one-tap process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;5. Go Easy on the GPS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Another big battery sucker is your phone&#39;s GPS unit, which is a  little radio that sends and receives signals to and from satellites to  triangulate your phone&#39;s location on the Earth&#39;s surface. Various apps  access your phone&#39;s GPS to provide services ranging from finding nearby  restaurants to checking you in on social networks. As a user, you can  revoke these apps&#39; access to your phone&#39;s GPS. When you install them,  many apps will ask you for permission to use your location. When in  doubt, say no. (And if a game, screensaver, or wallpaper app asks for  your location, you should be suspicious about why it wants that data in  the first place.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;6. Kill Extraneous Apps&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Multitasking--the ability to run more than one app at a time--is a  powerful smartphone feature. It also burns a lot of energy, because  every app you run uses a share of your phone&#39;s processor cycles. By  killing apps that you aren&#39;t actually using, you can drastically reduce  your CPU&#39;s workload and cut down on its power consumption. For Android  phones--which are notorious battery hogs due to their wide-open  multitasking capabilities--we like an app called Advanced Task Killer,  which has an auto-kill feature that polices your apps throughout the  day. In iOS, double-tap the Home button until the multitasking tray  appears, hold an icon until an X appears, and tap the X to close the  app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;7. Don&#39;t Use Vibrate&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Prefer to have your phone alert you to incoming calls by vibrating  rather than playing a ringtone? We understand the inclination;  unfortunately, vibrating uses much more power than playing a ringtone  does. After all, a ringtone only has to make a tiny membrane in your  phone&#39;s speaker vibrate enough to produce sound. In contrast, the  vibration motor swings a small weight around to make your whole phone  shake--and that process takes a lot more juice. If you don&#39;t want to be  disturbed audibly, consider turning off all notifications and leave the  phone in view so you can see when a new call is coming in. This approach  is as courteous to your battery as it is to your friends and neighbors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;8. Turn Off Nonessential Notifications&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It seems as though almost every app in the app store now polls the  Internet in search of updates, news, messages, and other information.  When it finds something, the app may chime, light up your screen and  display a message, make your LED blink, or do all of the above. And all  of these things consume energy. Admittedly you likely don&#39;t want to turn  off notifications about new text messages or missed calls, but you  don&#39;t need to be instantly alerted that radboy84 has just bested your  score at Booty Blast. Turning off superfluous notifications will help  your battery last a little longer, and it will eliminate pointless  distractions throughout your day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;9. Power Saver Mode for Android&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;338&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/06/smart3_new_jpg_19278.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Newer  Android phones include a Power Saver mode that helps manage the phone&#39;s  various power-sapping features for you. Power Saver mode automatically  prevents your apps from updating in the background, dims your screen,  reduces the screen timeout setting, disables on-screen animations, and  turns off vibration. By default, this mode usually turns on when your  battery level drops to 20 percent, but you can set it to kick in at 30  percent instead. And the sooner the phone switches to Power Saver mode,  the longer its battery will last.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;10. JuiceDefender for Android&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By manually adjusting all of your phone&#39;s settings over the course of  a day, you may be able to squeeze a few extra usable hours out of your  battery. But if the effort sounds too cumbersome to you, consider  downloading an app that manages your battery for you. On Android phones,  we&#39;ve seen great results from JuiceDefender, which automatically  toggles your radios on and off and manages your phone&#39;s CPU usage to  optimize your battery life moment-to-moment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;Robert Strohmeyer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/extend-your-smartphones-battery-life.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-2750663020502147008</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:14:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:14:08.991-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">TWITTER</category><title>How To Use Twitter Like A Pro</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Eight Tips To Use Twitter Like A Pro&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;127&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/06/2011/how-to-use-twitter-like-a-pro.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right;&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;Is your business on &lt;a href=&quot;http://twitter.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Twitter&lt;/a&gt;?  It should be. The microblogging site has tweeted its way, 140  characters at a time, to the top of the social media ladder. With more  than 200 million members sending out an estimated 65 million tweets per  day, your business should be engaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But hold on. If you haven&#39;t learned yet from using Facebook or other  social networks, establishing relationships with customers via such  platforms is not the same as just marketing to them. You need to  understand both the unique aspects of Twitter and how to use it  effectively to communicate with your customers in order to be  successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are eight tips to get you started in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;1. Build a Following&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No  matter how valuable your Twitter communications are, they have little  purpose without readers. Your tweets are publicly searchable by all who  look for specific topics, but you need to build a following of users who  actively subscribe to your content. Your Twitter followers represent  your community, and are the audience you are really engaging with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If  you&#39;re Ashton Kutcher, Charlie Sheen, or Lady Gaga, just show up, and  millions will follow you instantly. If you are not a megastar,  though--and most of us aren&#39;t--you will have to put a little more effort  into it. Start by inviting any existing customer communities you might  have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;TweetDeck is a powerful tool for Twitter.&quot; height=&quot;225&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/06/tweetdeck_jpg_13144.jpg&quot; width=&quot;350&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;TweetDeck is a powerful tool for Twitter that helps you organize and schedule tweets.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Does  your company have a Website, blog, customer e-mail distribution list,  or a product newsletter? Use all means at your disposal. If your  customers have a Twitter account, invite them to follow you. You should  also include the Twitter icon with a link to your Twitter account in  your e-mail signature, marketing collateral, or anything else that might  get exposure. You can even provide incentives for anyone who follows  you, such as the chance to win a free product or service, or a discount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part  of the culture of Twitter is that users generally follow back those who  follow them. Click on Twitter&#39;s own &quot;Who to Follow&quot; link for  suggestions. A tool like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tweetadder.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Tweet Adder&lt;/a&gt;  software can provide even more detail. Use it to search for Twitter  users who already follow similar companies, or who express an interest  in your topic or industry, and then automatically follow those users.  Some portion of them are likely to follow your Twitter account. First,  of course, make your Twitter page attractive with a compelling profile  image, background, and &quot;About&quot; description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;2. Know the Rules of Engagement&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you&#39;re a newbie, get to know the basic Twitter best practices, such as  direct messaging, &quot;@&quot; replies, and &quot;retweeting.&quot; You can send a private  message directly to someone who follows you by typing the letter &quot;d&quot; in  front of their username in a tweet. In your public tweets, use &quot;@&quot;  replies to comment on any other user&#39;s tweets; just include the &quot;@&quot;  symbol before their username in your message. If you want to repeat what  someone else tweeted, choose &quot;Retweet&quot; and include the letters &quot;RT&quot; in  the beginning of your note. You can even ask politely in a tweet for  others to retweet you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These practices draw attention to fellow  users, who in turn can see that you&#39;re noticing them. To use them well,  add your own insight in a retweet rather than simply repeating what  someone else said. And check when others call out your tweets, so you  can keep the conversation flowing. Once you have the hang of the basics,  tools such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grouptweet.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;GroupTweet&lt;/a&gt; enable you to communicate with groups of users, even privately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;3. Provide Value&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One  of the biggest mistakes companies make with Twitter--and social media  in general--is trying to use it for old-fashioned marketing. The sound  bite or slogan that you plaster on a highway billboard or in a magazine  ad may come across as false on Twitter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Tweets should include original thoughts and build a conversation that engages other users by using tactics such as &amp;quot;retweeting.&amp;quot;&quot; height=&quot;203&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/06/retweet_jpg_15067.jpg&quot; width=&quot;350&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;Tweets should include original thoughts and build a conversation that engages other users by using tactics such as &quot;retweeting.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Twitter can be an effective marketing tool, but social media is about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/businesscenter/article/204313/reach_older_users_on_facebook_and_twitter.html&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot;&gt;engaging in conversation&lt;/a&gt;  and providing value. You market by who you are, not by what you say.  You can certainly use Twitter as a medium for announcing new products or  features, but your tweets have to provide more value to keep your  audience interested. Share relevant news about your industry in general,  as well as helpful tips and advice, and some general conversation to  give your followers a reason to stay engaged and participate in the  discussion. Make your tweets entertaining and witty, and say something  unique. Position yourself as an expert in your field and offer free  advice. It&#39;s better to extend your personality and opinion than merely  to parrot headlines from news stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;4. Keep It a Tight Fit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you&#39;re not spending most of your 140-character allowance on a long Web address. URL-shortening services like &lt;a href=&quot;http://bit.ly/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Bit.ly&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;TinyURL&lt;/a&gt;  can abbreviate such lengthy strings. Bit.ly provides additional value  by gathering valuable metrics you can use to monitor the success of your  Twitter efforts. You can examine how many clicks your shortened links  get, and where in the world your URL is getting the most  action--information you can use to figure out what works best.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;5. Enrich Tweets With Third-Party Tools&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A  seemingly countless number of third-party tools and plug-ins can extend  the value of Twitter. While Twitter was founded on the concept of  essentially providing public SMS text messages via the Internet, you can  extend its capabilities beyond the standard 140 text characters. Start  by using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/article/188781/twitpics_in_space.html&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot;&gt;TwitPic&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://yfrog.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Yfrog&lt;/a&gt;  to send photos or video clips out via Twitter. Enable these services to  work on your smartphone so that you can show, not tell, about the funny  thing you saw on the street.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make tweets more interactive by connecting them with polls, using a service like&lt;a href=&quot;http://twtpoll.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt; Twtpoll&lt;/a&gt;, or with chat rooms, using &lt;a href=&quot;http://nurph.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Nurph&lt;/a&gt;.  Your followers will find more value in paying attention to your tweets  if they find interesting conversations to participate in. And  integrating Twitter with location-based services such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.com/article/229492/location_etiquette_tips_foursquare_faux_pas_to_avoid.html&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot;&gt;Foursquare&lt;/a&gt;  can call attention, for instance, to that conference you&#39;re speaking at  in Atlanta, and maybe someone nearby in your field will notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tweetdeck.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Tweetdeck&lt;/a&gt;--which  was recently acquired by Twitter--lets you view and manage multiple  Twitter accounts, as well as Facebook, LinkedIn, MySpace, Google Buzz,  and Foursquare accounts. You can create lists and filter content to cut  through the noise, and use Tweetdeck to post updates to the various  connected networks. Columns in Tweetdeck let you monitor specific  keywords or hash tags. You can also set up a column in Tweetdeck to  monitor when other Twitter accounts mention your company, providing you  with an opportunity to recognize loyal customers, identify possible  public-relations issues, and put out fires quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Klout attempts to give your influence a numeric score. Hey, we can&#39;t all be Lady Gaga.&quot; height=&quot;235&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/06/klout_techaudit_jpg_17436.jpg&quot; width=&quot;350&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;Klout attempts to give your influence a numeric score. Hey, we can&#39;t all be Lady Gaga.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tweetdeck lets you schedule tweets to post in advance, but Flowtown&#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;http://timely.is/#/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Timely&lt;/a&gt;  goes a step further. It analyzes your past tweets to estimate what time  of day favored them the most. Then, it autoschedules your future tweets  accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;6. Hash It Out&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use hash  tags (the # symbol followed by a keyword) to make your Tweets easier to  search for. Tools including Tweetdeck and &lt;a href=&quot;http://hashtags.org/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Hashtags.org&lt;/a&gt;  let you see the latest tweets for any hash tag. One common Twitter hash  tag is #FollowFriday or #FF, which you can include on Fridays along  with the names of Twitter accounts you find valuable. It is a great  word-of-mouth means of attracting new followers. If you are mentioned  via FollowFriday, reply back to say thank you. That sort of personal  touch is one of the things fellow users appreciate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way to attract attention is to tweet about a topic while it&#39;s popular. Set up a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/alerts&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Google Alert&lt;/a&gt;  to track the topics in your field, and when it sends a hot story to  your e-mail inbox, tweet about it. If your company fixes old PCS, and a  report about electronics waste is making headlines, you could include  the hashtag &lt;strong&gt;#ewaste&lt;/strong&gt; in a tweet explaining how your work  keeps tech out of landfills. Even if you&#39;re not commenting on one of  the top news stories of the day, you can tie your tweets to upcoming  events in your area. For example, if your business bakes seasonal  organic pies, you could include hash tags like &lt;strong&gt;#localfood&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;#farmersmarket&lt;/strong&gt; to announce that you&#39;ll be at next Sunday&#39;s farmers market. &lt;a href=&quot;http://nearbytweets.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;NearbyTweets&lt;/a&gt; lets you view who&#39;s talking about nearly any topic in a specific part of the world, such as real estate in Chicago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;7. Avoid Pitfalls&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We  already talked about not using Twitter as a bullhorn for spamming  followers with marketing sound bites. But watch out for other pitfalls.  For one thing, remember that many &quot;followers&quot; aren&#39;t actually paying  attention. While the tactic of following like-minded Twitter accounts in  the hope of soliciting a reciprocal follow has merit, it only goes so  far. Many of the users who follow back are just using that same tactic  to pump up their own following, and aren&#39;t really interested in your  tweets or your business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.klout.com/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Klout&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.peerindex.net/&quot; style=&quot;color: #1a61a0;&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;PeerIndex&lt;/a&gt;  to get an idea of how many of your followers are actively engaged.  These services assign a score from 1 to 100 to measure your online  influence. At some point, you have to draw the line and stop using the  strategy of following others just so they will follow you back. Let your  Twitter account speak for itself, and let word of mouth build quality  followers that matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;8. Don&#39;t Expect Miracles&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Need  I remind you that you are not Lady Gaga? You won&#39;t instantly have  millions of followers. There won&#39;t be a miraculous spike in sales or  profit for your company just because you set up a Twitter account. As  with anything worth doing, there is no magic shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do  it right, Twitter can be a powerful marketing tool--a subtle instrument  for building brand recognition and customer loyalty. Be patient. Provide  value. Build a community, and let the content and success of that  community be the force that drives your success--both on Twitter, and as  a business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tony Bradley&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;N Elsa Wenzel &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/how-to-use-twitter-like-pro.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-804400570018420515.post-6259979456066498219</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:07:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T02:08:39.097-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">PC</category><title>Why Is My PC Slow?</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/07/2011/savelogo-179.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/07/2011/savelogo-179.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;photo&quot; height=&quot;129&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2/07/2011/savelogo-179.jpg&quot; width=&quot;179&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;color: black; font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-style-span&quot; style=&quot;font-weight: 800;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;pc-description&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;pc-details&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Does your system seem sluggish?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Had  we a nickel for every time a friend, loved one, or random stranger asked  us, &quot;What&#39;s slowing down my PC?&quot; we could shutter PCWorld and retire to  live comfortably on a small, secluded island. But since no such deluge  of small coins seems likely, we&#39;ll instead outline some methods you can  use to troubleshoot unexpected slowness on your PC, free of charge.&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, systems differ, software differs, and your specific  system&#39;s history is unique, so we aren&#39;t in a position to pinpoint the  source of your problem. Nevertheless, we can give you some generally  helpful hints that you can use to dig out of the mess.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Know Your Hardware&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;140&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow_new_jpg_13159.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s important to know what hardware your desktop or laptop PC  contains. Don&#39;t run for a screwdriver or some third-party program  (though CPU-Z is pretty handy for the nitty-gritty details) to figure  this out: If you built your PC, you should know what&#39;s in it. If you  bought it, look up the manufacturer specs online. Easy enough, right?&lt;br /&gt;
Familiarity with your PC&#39;s components helps you troubleshoot speed  issues in two major ways. First, it gives you a chance to recognize by  sight or sound when something isn&#39;t right. Is your computer emitting a  strange noise? Maybe it&#39;s a struggling fan, or the &quot;click of death&quot; from  a hard drive approaching extinction. Do you hearing a random sound from  your speakers whenever you try to perform a specific task within  Windows? Does your optical drive make a different sound than your used  to hearing when it spins its disc? Keen listening skills can&#39;t give you  answers right off the bat, but they can help you notice that a problem  may be afoot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;157&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow1_jpg_11371.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Second,  understanding your hardware will allow you to target issues that you  can look up within Windows itself. For example, suppose that you pull up  the Task Manager (press Ctrl-Alt-Delete, and select Task Manager) and  discover that your system has only has 2GB of physical RAM listed in the  Performance tab. But you also know from checking the specs that your  system shipped with 4GB of RAM. Conclusion: Perhaps your sudden slowdown  is the result of a bad stick of memory. You can apply similar reasoning  to an underclocked CPU, to missing capacity (or drives) within a  storage array, and even to the absence of specific components that you&#39;d  expect to see on your system (Lost your optical drive? Maybe your  motherboard is on its last legs, and its demise is affecting your  overall performance in some way.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Stay on Top of Updates&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If could choose between a free 1998 model car or a free 2011 edition  of the same vehicle, which would you pick? The newer one, obviously--but  for some reason many people don&#39;t employ the same logic when it comes  to their PC&#39;s operating system, software, and hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;156&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow2_jpg_20370.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There  are three major kinds of updates you can apply to your PC. Software  updates are newer versions of the applications currently installed on  your computer; some companies notify you of their availability via tiny  icons in your taskbar or via pop-up windows within the application  itself. Driver updates are the specific pieces of software that allow  Windows to communicate with one of your system&#39;s hardware devices.  Firmware updates relate to application-level software programs stored on  a device&#39;s memory--the &quot;brains&quot; of your camera or wireless router, for  example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;158&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow3_jpg_25315.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Why  are these important? Because the updates that affect your software and  hardware could influence your system&#39;s performance on various tasks.  Remember the slow file transfers that plagued the release version of  Windows Vista? Microsoft corrected them with its huge Service Pack 1  update for the OS. Another example: More than 15 driver updates have  been released for the Radeon HD 5870 graphics board since its official  launch in September 2009; and depending on the game being played, these  can boost your system&#39;s frame rates by 2 to 38 percent.&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start worrying about exotic methods of bringing a sluggish  computer up to speed, make sure that your system&#39;s hardware and  software have the latest available updates. When you fire up the latest  versions of each, you may find that the problem vanishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Speed Up With the Scientific Method&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;117&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow4_jpg_15926.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you&#39;ve noticed a sudden slowdown when using a particular application or  when performing some specific PC process, review what you&#39;ve done since  the last time the program performed perfectly.&lt;br /&gt;
If your Web browser&#39;s ability to render pages has slowed to a crawl,  for example, pay attention to how many tabs you have open and what those  tabs contain. Have you installed any add-ons to your browser lately?  Did your computer crash during a recent Internet surfing sessions  (suggesting that it may be time for you to fully uninstall/reinstall  your browser)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;174&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow5_jpg_10757.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;If  you want to multitask or play games, but your system is delivering  significantly worse speeds than you&#39;re accustomed to seeing, look for  causes methodically. Is an application (or errant program) running in  the background and eating up your system resources? Pull up Windows&#39;  task manager and check your available memory and CPU usage. Are you  background-downloading a huge file on Steam or uTorrent that&#39;s sapping  your bandwidth and making your online gaming stuttery? Have you not  booted up your system for some time, and is it automatically running  various virus scans, file backups, Windows updates, and who knows what  else? Check, check, check!&lt;br /&gt;
And don&#39;t forget Occam&#39;s razor: When multiple explanations are  possible, the simplest one is the most likely to be correct. In this  case of system slowdowns, the likeliest culprit is you. What have you  done that might make your system act sluggish? And short of a full  system reinstall (or Windows System Restore), what can you do to reverse  your most recent actions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Let Windows Help You&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Before you run out and plunk down your hard-earned cash for software  apps that promise to speed up your system (FYI: they don&#39;t), consider  using the free diagnostics tools within Windows Vista or Windows 7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;180&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow6_jpg_73347.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
First,  consult the &#39;Performance Information and Tools&#39; section in the Control  Panel. Within it, you&#39;ll find an Advanced link that links to all of the  operating system&#39;s flashier performance-related utilities. To compare  the Windows-dictated speed of your system in its original, brand-new  incarnation with Windows&#39; assessment of your system&#39;s performance now,  rerun the Windows Experience Index.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;134&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow7_jpg_10461.jpg&quot; style=&quot;float: right; margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;Windows&#39;  built-in Event Viewer takes you behind the OS curtain to see what  Windows has recorded as a warning, error, or critical issue. These  records can be difficult or impossible to decipher, depending on the  problem at hand, but they may be able to help you troubleshoot the  situation or at least tell a better-informed advisor what your issues  might be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;184&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pcworld.in/sites/default/files/how2s/2011/07/slow8_jpg_14250.jpg&quot; style=&quot;margin: 5px;&quot; width=&quot;180&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The  Performance Monitor is a real-time method for looking at how your PC is  using its hardware and system resources. Though it&#39;s more descriptive  than diagnostic, it might point you in the right direction to identify  your system&#39;s performance bottleneck.T o cut to the chase, fire up  Windows&#39; official System Health Report. The OS will scan your activity  for 60 seconds and then offer you suggestions for maximizing your  system&#39;s capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal quick-fix supertool would scan your system, eliminate the  junk that&#39;s that&#39;s bogging it down, and give you a fresh and speedy  computing environment that would last for months to come. Technically,  that operation exists; it&#39;s called a wipe and reinstall of your Windows  OS. Short of this drastic measure, however, there&#39;s no one-size-fits-all  solution for transforming a sluggish system into a speedy one. The  underlying problem could be a hardware issue, a lack-of-hardware issue, a  software issue, an operating system issue, or a random unknown issue.&lt;br /&gt;
But by following the tips and suggestions in this article, you&#39;ll  have some tricks and tools to use in tackling a system that&#39;s running  slow. You may not have the ideal fix for every situation, but at least  you&#39;ll know how and where to look for one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;info&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;author&quot;&gt;David Murphy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description><link>http://howw-2.blogspot.com/2011/08/why-is-my-pc-slow.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (ANGEL)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item></channel></rss>